Annual Report 2021

Innovating healthcare, improving health

IFRS basis of presentation

The financial information included in this document is based on IFRS, as explained in Significant accounting policies, unless otherwise indicated. Comparative results have been restated to reflect the treatment of the Domestic Appliances business as a discontinued operation (for more information, please refer to Discontinued operations and assets classified as held for sale).

Forward-looking statements

This document contains certain forward-looking statements. By their nature, these statements involve risk and uncertainty. For more information, please refer to Forward-looking statements and other information.

References to Philips

References to the Company or company, to Philips or the (Philips) Group or group, relate to Koninklijke Philips N.V. and its subsidiaries, as the context requires. Royal Philips refers to Koninklijke Philips N.V.

Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act

This document comprises regulated information within the meaning of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).

Statutory financial statements and management report

The chapters Group financial statements and Company financial statements contain the statutory financial statements of the Company. The introduction to the chapter Group financial statements sets out which parts of this Annual Report form the Management report within the meaning of Section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Contents

2021
at a glance

Social impact

  • 1.67 billion lives improved
  • 167 million in underserved communities

Environmental sustainability

  • Circular revenues at 16% of sales
  • Carbon-neutral in our operations

Innovation

  • Innovations gaining market share
  • EUR 1.8 billion invested in R&D

Transformation

  • Approximately 45% of sales from solutions and recurring revenues
  • Domestic Appliances business sold, 
    divestments completed

Operations

  • Philips Respironics recall
  • Global supply chain headwinds

People & culture

  • Increased focus on patient safety
  • 79% Employee Engagement Score

Business development

  • 4% growth in comparable order intake
  • 80 long-term strategic partnerships

Financials

  • EUR 17.2 billion sales
  • 12% Adjusted EBITA*) margin
  • EUR 3.3 billion net income
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

1Message from the CEO

Based on the strength of our innovative portfolio and the trust our customers have in our ability to support them, I am confident about our future growth.
Frans van Houten
CEO Royal Philips
Dear Stakeholder,

Amidst the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on society, 2021 was an eventful and challenging year. Our continued strategic progress and strong growth in the first half of the year were overshadowed by the unprecedented scale of the global supply chain disruptions in the second half of the year, as well as the Philips Respironics voluntary field action to remediate the component quality issue in certain of its products.

The intensified global supply chain headwinds and postponement of customer equipment installations due to COVID-19 presented challenges to fully convert our opportunities to revenue in the second half of the year. These factors, combined with the sales consequences of the recall, resulted in full-year sales of EUR 17.2 billion, down 1% year-on-year.

As we work to overcome these headwinds and look to the future, I am very encouraged by the underlying performance of our businesses. Our Diagnosis & Treatment businesses and Personal Health businesses performed well in 2021, recording 8% and 9% comparable sales growth*) respectively. Following in the wake of 2020’s high COVID-19-related demand for hospital ventilation and monitoring & analytics solutions, our Connected Care businesses posted a 23% decline in comparable sales in 2021, which also reflects the effect of the Philips Respironics recall.

We have strengthened our portfolio through our R&D programs, partnerships, and acquisitions. The relevance of our innovative products and solutions and customer interest in partnering with Philips is underscored by the 4% growth in comparable order intake, resulting in an order book that is 18% higher year-on-year.

Nevertheless, I would like to emphasize that I very much regret the impact of the Philips Respironics recall on patients, care providers and shareholders. We identified – through our post-market surveillance processes – that the sound abatement foam used since 2008 in certain of our sleep and respiratory care products may degrade under certain circumstances. Subsequently, we issued a voluntary recall notification for affected devices to address potential health risks. We have ramped up production, service and repair capacity to ensure patients receive a repaired or replacement device as fast as possible.

As of January 2022, Philips Respironics has shipped a total of approximately 750,000 repair kits and replacement devices to customers and aims to complete the repair and replacement program in the fourth quarter of 2022. In close dialogue with regulators across the world, we are conducting a comprehensive test and research program to better characterize health risks. In parallel, we have captured and applied learnings from this recall across the entire company, as patient safety, quality and integrity are of the utmost importance to us.

Continued progress on strategic roadmap

In 2021, we saw sustained traction for our strategy to help transform the delivery of care across the health continuum, and our innovative portfolio resonates very strongly with customers.

Inspired by our purpose to improve people’s health and well-being, we innovate solutions that deliver meaningful impact. In the consumer domain, for instance, our new Sonicare 9900 Prestige electric toothbrush leverages AI to optimize the user’s brushing technique, ensuring full coverage of their teeth, and instills brushing habits that improve oral health.

For healthcare providers, our innovative solutions – smart combinations of systems, devices, software and services – help them deliver on the Quadruple Aim of better health outcomes, improved patient and staff experience, and lower cost of care:

  • Giving clinicians smart connected imaging tools like our new Spectral CT 7500 system, which deliver high-quality spectral images for every patient on every scan, helping them make precision diagnoses without the need for multiple re-scans. Or our new MR 5300 1.5T ‘helium-free for life’ system, which combines operational and clinical excellence with reduced environmental impact.
  • Enabling real-time, remote collaboration between technologists, radiologists and imaging operations teams across multiple sites with our vendor-neutral, multimodality Radiology Operations Command Center.
  • Helping surgeons in the interventional lab perform personalized, minimally invasive procedures with solutions like our Azurion next-generation image-guided therapy platform, which was further expanded with breakthrough applications in 2021.
  • Enabling healthcare professionals to orchestrate care delivery, also for patients recovering at home, with connected care solutions like our Patient Flow Capacity Suite, which helps hospitals manage the complete patient journey, and Acute Care Telehealth, which builds on our successful Tele-ICU solutions.

We signed 80 long-term strategic partnerships with hospitals and health systems around the world in 2021, underlining customers’ appreciation of our holistic approach to healthcare. Solutions-based sales and recurring revenues continue to generate a growing proportion of total sales, with the figure now standing at around 45%. In order to maintain the strong flow of health technology innovations going forward, we invested EUR 1.8 billion in R&D in 2021.

Major divestment completed, acquisitions to drive future growth

In September, we completed the sale of the Domestic Appliances business to Hillhouse Investment, concluding our line of major divestments. We believe this will allow us to focus on extending our leadership in health technology solutions.

To support future growth and the delivery of data-enabled care across care settings, we again invested significantly in our data science, informatics and cloud technology capabilities in 2021. The acquisitions of BioTelemetry, Capsule Technologies and Cardiologs (the latter completed in January 2022) strengthen our position in patient care management in the hospital and the home. In January 2022, we also closed the acquisition of Vesper Medical, further expanding our image-guided therapy devices portfolio with venous stents.

Delivering on our ESG commitments

We reached 1.67 billion people with our products and services in 2021, including 167 million in underserved communities – taking us a step closer to our goal of improving 2 billion lives per year by 2025, including 300 million in underserved communities.

We continued to deliver on the other key commitments set out in our Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) framework. We are already carbon-neutral in our operations and are now engaging with suppliers and customers to reduce emissions across our entire value chain, as well as driving the transition to a circular economy.

We again received recognition for our sustainability efforts in 2021 – achieving a CDP ‘A List’ rating for the ninth consecutive year for our climate action, and securing second-highest place in the global Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI) list.

Looking ahead

We continue to invest in the future, further improving operational excellence and growing our core business, while driving our transformation into a digital, customer-first solutions company. I am very confident in our ability to overcome our current challenges. Against this background, and reflecting the importance we attach to dividend stability, we propose to maintain the dividend at EUR 0.85 per share.

Based on good customer demand and our growing order book, we expect to resume our growth and margin expansion trajectory in the course of 2022. In the short term, however, we continue to see significant volatility and headwinds related to COVID-19 and supply chain challenges, despite our ongoing mitigation efforts. Due to this, the Respironics field action and the strong growth in Q1 2021, we expect to start the year with a comparable sales decline, followed by a recovery and strong second half of the year. For the full year, we target 3-5% comparable sales growth*) and a 40-90 basis-points improvement in Adjusted EBITA*) margin.

In closing

I would like to thank our customers, suppliers and partners for their continued support over the past 12 months. And a special word of thanks to our employees for their fantastic contribution through another year of often difficult working circumstances due to the pandemic.

I would also like to express my appreciation to our shareholders for the confidence they continue to show in Philips’ long-term future. This is a future founded on purpose and the robust, growing demand for health technology, which Philips will serve with a relentless focus on customer needs, its strong portfolio of innovations, and an unwavering commitment to continuous improvement.

Frans van Houten
Chief Executive Officer

*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

2Board of Management and Executive Committee

Royal Philips has a two-tier board structure consisting of a Board of Management and a Supervisory Board, each of which is accountable to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the fulfillment of its respective duties. The Board of Management is entrusted with the management of the company. The other members of the Executive Committee have been appointed to support the Board of Management in the fulfilment of its managerial duties. Please also refer to Board of Management and Executive Committee within the chapter Corporate governance.

Members of the Board of Management

Frans van Houten
Born 1960, Dutch
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Chairman of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee since April 2011

Frans van Houten first joined Philips in 1986 and has held multiple global leadership positions across the company on three continents, including the role of co-CEO of the Consumer Electronics division. After temporarily leaving the company to become CEO of NXP/Philips Semiconductors, he rejoined Philips as its CEO. Frans served as co-chair at the World Economic Forum in Davos in 2017. He was one of the initiators and is current co-chair of the WEF Platform to Accelerate the Circular Economy. Frans is also a member of the European Round Table for Industry, an advocacy organization comprising the 50 largest European multinationals. He is co-founder and advocate of NL2025, a platform of Dutch influencers who support initiatives to create a better future for the Netherlands in the areas of education, vitality and sustainable growth. He is co-founder of the Graduate Entrepreneur start-up ecosystem in the Netherlands. Frans was appointed a member of the Board of Directors of Novartis in February 2017 and is a member of its Audit Committee since 2021.

Abhijit Bhattacharya

Born 1961, Indian

Executive Vice President
Member of the Board of Management since December 2015
Chief Financial Officer

Abhijit Bhattacharya first joined Philips in 1987 and has held multiple senior leadership positions across various businesses and functions in Europe, Asia Pacific and the U.S. Through 2010 – 2014, he was the Head of Investor Relations of Philips, and subsequently, CFO of Philips Healthcare, Philips’ largest sector at the time. Prior to 2010, Abhijit was Head of Operations & Quality at ST-Ericsson, the joint venture of ST Microelectronics and Ericsson, and he was CFO of NXP’s largest business group. 

Marnix van Ginneken

Born 1973, Dutch

Executive Vice President
Member of the Board of Management since November 2017
Chief Legal Officer

Marnix van Ginneken joined Philips in 2007 and became Head of Group Legal in 2010. In this role he was responsible for the various Group Legal departments, including Corporate & Financial Law, Legal Compliance and Legal M&A. In 2014, Marnix became Chief Legal Officer of Royal Philips and Member of the Executive Committee. Before joining Philips, Marnix worked for Akzo Nobel and before that as an attorney in a private practice. Since 2011, he is also Professor of International Corporate Governance at the Erasmus School of Law in Rotterdam.

Other members of the Executive Committee

Sophie Bechu
Born 1960, French/American
Executive Vice President
Chief Operations Officer
Andy Ho
Born 1961, Chinese/Canadian
Executive Vice President
Chief Market Leader of Philips Greater China
Roy Jakobs
Born 1974, Dutch/German
Executive Vice President
Chief Business Leader Connected Care
Deeptha Khanna
Born 1976, Singaporean
Executive Vice President
Chief Business Leader Personal Health
Bert van Meurs
Born 1961, Dutch
Executive Vice President
Chief Business Leader Image Guided Therapy and jointly responsible for Diagnosis & Treatment
Edwin Paalvast
Born 1963, Dutch
Executive Vice President
Chief of International Markets
Shez Partovi
Born 1967, Canadian
Executive Vice President
Chief Innovation & Strategy Officer
Vitor Rocha 
Born 1969, Brazilian/American
Executive Vice President
Chief Market Leader of Philips North America
Daniela Seabrook
Born 1973, Swiss
Executive Vice President
Chief Human Resources Officer
Kees Wesdorp
Born 1976, Dutch
Executive Vice President
Chief Business Leader Precision Diagnosis and jointly responsible for Diagnosis & Treatment

For a current overview of the Executive Committee members, see also https://www.philips.com/a-w/about/executive-committee.html

At a glance
Strategy and Businesses

Strategy continues to resonate strongly with customers

Strong flow of innovations for diagnosis, treatment and connected care

Sleep & Respiratory Care impacted by recall; repair and replacement program well under way

Personal health innovations supported by online growth, retail partnerships, and scaling of new business models

Significant supply chain and procurement challenges

3Strategy and Businesses

3.1Driven by purpose

At Philips, our purpose to improve people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation is at the center of everything we do. This core principle has never been more important than it is in these challenging times. 

As a leading health technology company, we believe that – viewed through the lens of customer needs – innovation can improve people's health and healthcare outcomes, as well as making care more accessible, personal, connected and sustainable. In concrete terms, we aim to improve the lives of 2 billion people a year by 2025, including 300 million in underserved communities, rising to 2.5 billion and 400 million respectively by 2030.

Guided by this purpose, it is our strategy to lead with innovative solutions that combine products, systems, software and services and leverage clinical and operational data, to help our customers deliver on the Quadruple Aim (better health outcomes, improved patient experience, improved staff experience, lower cost of care) and help people take better care of their health at every stage of life. 

We strive to deliver superior, long-term value to our customers and shareholders, while acting responsibly towards our planet and society, in partnership with our stakeholders.

We aim to grow Philips responsibly and sustainably. To this end, we have deployed a comprehensive set of commitments across all the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) dimensions that guide the execution of our strategy and support our contribution to UN Sustainable Development Goals 3 (Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages), 12 (Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns) and 13 (Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts). 

Our view on healthcare

Besides the healthcare sector's natural drivers of growth – aging populations, the rise of chronic diseases, increased spending on healthcare in emerging markets – we believe that health technology will be a major growth driver in the years to come. 

At Philips, we see healthcare as a continuum – this puts people’s health journeys front and center and enables integrated care pathways. Believing that healthcare should be safe, seamless, efficient and effective, we strive to ‘connect the dots’ for our customers and consumers, supporting the flow of real-time data needed to provide precision diagnoses, treatment and chronic care for patients. 

Drawing or illustration

Going forward, we believe the digital transformation of healthcare and – accelerated by COVID-19 – the increasing adoption of virtual care or ‘telehealth’ will play a major role in helping people to live healthily and cope with disease, and in enabling care providers to meet people’s health needs, deliver better outcomes and improve productivity.

Helping our customers address their healthcare challenges

In the consumer domain, we develop innovative solutions that support healthier lifestyles, prevent disease, and help people to live well with chronic illness, also in the home and community settings. 

In addition to leveraging retail trade partnerships and new business models, we are focused on accelerating growth through online channels, delivering products and services direct to consumers, and supporting longer-term relationships to maximize the benefit consumers can derive from our solutions. 

In clinics and hospitals, we are teaming up with healthcare providers to innovate and transform the way care is delivered. We listen closely to our customers’ needs and together we co-create solutions that help our customers improve outcomes, patient and staff experience and productivity, and so deliver on the Quadruple Aim of value-based care. 

Increasingly, we are working together with our health systems customers in novel business models, including outcome-oriented payment models, that align their interests and ours in long-term partnerships. The combination of compelling solutions and consultative partnership contracts, including a broad range of professional services, drives growth rates above the group average, as well as a higher proportion of recurring revenues. 

We are embedding AI and data science in our propositions – for instance, applying the power of predictive data analytics and artificial intelligence at the point of care – to leverage the value of data in the clinical and operational domains, aiding clinical decision making and improving the quality and efficiency of healthcare services.

With our global reach, market leadership positions, deep clinical and technological insights, and customer-centric innovation capability, we are strongly placed to create further value in a changing healthcare world through our propositions in:

Diagnosis & Treatment
  • Precision Diagnosis – providing smart, connected systems, optimized workflows, and integrated diagnostic insights, leading to clear care pathways and predictable outcomes
  • Image Guided Therapy – innovating minimally invasive procedures in a growing number of therapeutic areas, with significantly better outcomes and productivity, while patients have a much better experience and can return home faster
Connected Care

Driving better care management by providing a wealth of actionable data about patients' condition and hospital operations, and seamlessly connecting patients and caregivers in any care setting from the hospital to the home

Personal Health

Delivering propositions that help people enjoy healthier lifestyles and enhance personal hygiene

Our key strategic imperatives and value creation objectives

Our roadmap – with its three strategic imperatives – is our guide as we continue our transformation journey to attain HealthTech industry leadership and drive value creation.

Drawing or illustration

Underpinned by these strategic imperatives, Philips’ targets for accelerated growth, higher profitability and improved cash flow for the 2021–2025 period are: 

  • An acceleration of the average annual Group comparable sales growth*) to 5 to 6%. In 2022, Philips targets to deliver 3 to 5% comparable sales growth*) for the Group.
  • An average Adjusted EBITA*) margin improvement of 60 to 80 basis points annually over the 2021-2025 period, reaching high-teens for the Group. In 2022, Philips targets to deliver a 40 to 90 basis-points improvement in Adjusted EBITA*) margin for the Group. 
  • Free cash flow*) above EUR 2 billion by 2025. 
  • Organic Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)*) of mid-to-high teens by 2025.
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

3.2How we create value

Based on the International Integrated Reporting Council framework, and with the Philips Business System at the heart of our endeavors, we use various resources to create value for our stakeholders in the short, medium and long term.

As we drive our transformation to become a solutions provider to our customers and consumers, we have adopted a single standard operating model that defines how we work together effectively to achieve our company objectives – the Philips Business System (PBS). The PBS integrates key aspects of how we operate:

Strategy

Our strategy defines our path to sustainable value creation for customers and shareholders.

Governance

Clear governance, roles and responsibilities empower people to collaborate and act fast.

Processes

Simplified standard processes, systems and practices enable lean and agile ways of working.

People

We value and develop people and teams, rewarding them for sustainable results.

Culture

We live the Philips culture, which sets standards on behaviors, such as ensuring patient safety, quality and integrity, and putting the customer first.

Performance

Through disciplined performance management and continuous improvement we achieve our goals.

Having a single business system increases speed and agility, and enhances standardization, quality and productivity, while driving a better, more consistent experience for our customers.

Drawing or illustration

Resource inputs

The resources and relationships that Philips draws upon for its business activities

Human

  • Employees 78,189, 120-plus nationalities, 40% female
  • Philips University 863,000 courses, 830,000 hours, 835,000 training completions
  • 31,923 employees in growth geographies
  • Focus on Inclusion & Diversity

Intellectual

  • Invested in R&D EUR 1.8 billion (Green Innovation EUR 197 million)
  • Employees in R&D 10,751 across the globe including growth geographies

Financial

  • Equity EUR 14.5 billion
  • Net debt*) EUR 4.7 billion

Manufacturing

  • Employees in production 38,618
  • Industrial sites 25, cost of materials used EUR 4.1 billion
  • Total assets EUR 31 billion
  • Capital expenditure EUR 397 million

Natural

  • Energy used in manufacturing 1,263 terajoules
  • Water used 703,104 m3
  • 'Closing the loop' on all our professional medical equipment by 2025

Social

  • Philips Foundation
  • Stakeholder engagement
  • Volunteering policy

Value outcomes

The result of the application of the various resources to Philips’ business activities and processes as shaped by the Philips Business System

Human

  • Employee Engagement Index 79% favorable
  • Sales per employee EUR 219,419
  • Safety 213 Total Recordable Cases

Intellectual

  • New patent filings 860
  • Royalties EUR 382.5 million
  • 182 design awards

Financial

  • Comparable sales growth*) (1.2)%
  • Adjusted EBITA*) as a % of sales 12.0%
  • Free cash flow*) EUR 900 million

Manufacturing

  • EUR 12.0 billion revenues from goods sold

Natural

  • 70.5% Green/EcoDesigned Revenues
  • 16% revenues from circular propositions
  • Net CO2 emissions from own operations down to zero kilotonnes
  • 73.5 tonnes (estimated) materials used to put products on the market
  • Waste 22,204 tonnes, of which 87% repurposed

Social

  • Brand value USD 12.1 billion (Interbrand)
  • Partnerships with UNICEF, Red Cross, Amref and Ashoka

Societal impact

The societal impact of Philips through its supply chain, its operations, and its products and solutions

Human

  • Employee benefit expenses EUR 6,246 million, all staff paid at least a Living Wage
  • Appointed 72% of our senior positions from internal sources
  • 28% of Leadership positions held by women

Intellectual

  • Around 60% of revenues from new products and solutions introduced in the last three years
  • Over 65% of sales from leadership positions

Financial

  • Market capitalization EUR 29 billion at year-end
  • Long-term credit rating A- (Fitch), Baa1 (Moody's), BBB+ (Standard & Poor's)
  • Dividend EUR 773 million

Manufacturing

  • 100% electricity from renewable sources

Natural

  • Environmental impact of Philips operations down to EUR 106 million
  • All 25/25 industrial sites 'Zero Waste to Landfill' at year-end 2021
  • First health technology company to have its CO2 reductions assessed and approved by the Science Based Targets initiative

Social

  • 1.67 billion Lives Improved, of which 167 million in underserved communities (including 2.2 million via Philips Foundation)
  • 430,000 employees impacted at suppliers participating in the 'Beyond Auditing' program
  • Total tax contribution EUR 4,090 million (taxes paid/withheld)
  • Income tax benefit EUR 103 million; the effective income tax rate is (20.0)%
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

3.3Materiality analysis

We identify the environ­mental, social, and governance topics which we believe have the greatest impact on our business and the greatest level of concern to stakeholders along our value chain. Assessing these topics enables us to prioritize and focus upon the most material topics and effectively address these in our policies and programs. Philips’ impact on society at large is covered through our Lives Improved metric and the Environmental Profit & Loss account.

Drawing or illustration

Our materiality assessment is based on an ongoing trend analysis, media search, and stakeholder input. In 2021, we solicited input from a diverse group of external and internal stakeholders, including investors, NGOs, customers, suppliers, peer companies, academia, and senior management in Philips. Similar to 2020, we used an evidence-based approach to materiality analysis powered by Datamaran. By applying Datamaran’s automated sifting and analysis of millions of data points from publicly available sources, including corporate reports, mandatory regulations and voluntary initiatives, as well as news and social media, we identified a list of topics that are material to our business. With this data-driven approach to materiality analysis we have incorporated a wider range of data and stakeholders than was ever possible before and managed to get an evidence-based perspective on regulatory, strategic and reputational risks and opportunities. Public health risks emerged as a new material topic in 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and was again included in 2021.

Changes in 2021

In 2021, the topic of Human rights & responsible supply chains was split into two separate topics, considering the growing importance of both. Next, Responsible tax practices was carved out from the Business ethics & General Business Principles topic due to the growing importance of the topic in society. On the external view, the most significant increase compared to 2020 is climate change. The internal view saw a significant increase in importance on climate change, circular economy and employee rights.

Our materiality assessment has been conducted in the context of the GRI Sustainable Reporting Standards and the results have been reviewed and approved by the Philips ESG Committee.

For more information on materiality, refer to Material topics and our focus.

3.4Our businesses

Our reporting structure in 2021

Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Royal Philips) is the parent company of the Philips Group. In 2021, the reportable segments were Diagnosis & Treatment businesses, Connected Care businesses, and Personal Health businesses, each having been responsible for the management of its business worldwide. Additionally, Philips identifies the segment Other.

Since the completion of the sale of the Domestic Appliances business (formerly part of the Personal Health businesses), it is no longer consolidated by Philips as from September 1, 2021 and therefore is not included in the following discussion.

 Drawing or illustration

Philips Group

Total sales by reportable segment

 2021
Diagnosis & Treatment50%
Connected Care27%
Personal Health20%
Other3%

3.4.1Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

Our Diagnosis & Treatment businesses create value through their unique portfolio of innovative solutions – consisting of systems, smart devices, software and services, powered by AI-enabled informatics – that support precision diagnoses and minimally invasive procedures in therapeutic areas such as cardiology, peripheral vascular, neurology, surgery, and oncology. With these solutions, we enable our customers to realize the full potential of the Quadruple Aim – better health outcomes, improved patient experience, improved staff experience, and lower cost of care.

Serving diagnostic enterprise imaging markets globally, we see significant opportunity to enable precise diagnoses while at the same time supporting adjacent needs for guidance across care pathways and increasing departmental productivity. We do this through smart diagnostic systems, connected workflow solutions, integrated diagnostics and clear care pathways, driving enterprise-wide operational efficiency and supporting clinicians to provide an early and definitive diagnosis, enabling them to select tailored care pathways and predictable outcomes for every patient.

We also provide integrated solutions combining imaging systems and diagnostic and therapeutic devices, which optimize interventional procedures and so deliver more effective treatment, better outcomes and higher productivity. Building upon our leading-edge Image Guided Therapy System – Azurion, we continue to innovate, optimizing clinical and operational lab performance through advances in workflow and integration for routine procedures, and expanding the role of image-guided interventions to treat new groups of patients such as those with complex diseases including stroke, lung cancer and spine disorders. We are also innovating the way we engage with our customers in new business models across different care settings, including out-of-hospital settings such as office-based labs and ambulatory surgical centers, which offer clear clinical, financial and operational benefits.

In 2021, the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses benefited from a partial resumption of elective procedures and exams as the COVID-19 restrictions eased, and strong order growth for capital equipment, which bodes well for 2022. We continued to make advances in innovation, strengthening our portfolio and providing clinical and economic evidence to support the adoption of our solutions. In oncology care, we deepened our collaboration with leading precision radiation therapy company Elekta, with the aim of advancing comprehensive and personalized cancer care through precision oncology solutions. The launch of the Spectral Computed Tomography 7500 system is a significant step forward in integrating the additional diagnostic benefits of spectral CT into standard workflows, and in combination with Image Guided Therapy System – Azurion – represents the world’s first always-on spectral detector angio-CT solution. Significant new clinical data demonstrated the value of intravascular ultrasound, in which Philips is a global leader, in the treatment of a broad range of peripheral vascular patient populations.

In 2021, the Diagnosis & Treatment segment consisted of the following areas of business:

  • Diagnostic Imaging: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), with helium-free for life operations, bundled with associated software to streamline workflows, optimize diagnostic quality, and improve patient experience; X-ray systems, together with associated software to streamline workflows and optimize diagnostic quality; advanced and efficient Computed Tomography (CT) systems and software, including detector-based Spectral CT; molecular and hybrid imaging solutions for nuclear medicine
  • Ultrasound: echography solutions focused on diagnosis, treatment planning and guidance for cardiology, general imaging, obstetrics/gynecology, and point-of-care applications, as well as proprietary software capabilities to enable advanced diagnostics and interventions
  • Enterprise Diagnostic Informatics: a suite of integrated products and services that deliver a comprehensive platform designed to connect clinical data and optimize workflows around every step in the patient’s journey across a range of diagnostic (radiology, point-of-care, laboratory) and clinical (oncology, cardiology, neurology) service lines
  • Image Guided Therapy: Systems – integrated interventional systems that combine information from imaging systems, interventional devices, navigation tools and patient health records to provide interventional staff with the control and information they need to perform procedures efficiently; Devices – interventional diagnostic and therapeutic devices to treat coronary artery and peripheral vascular disease, including Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS), Intracardiac Echo (ICE), fractional flow reserve (FFR) and instantaneous wave-free ratio (iFR) physiology measurement, atherectomy catheters, a dissection repair implant, as well as drug-coated balloons and lead extraction devices 

Diagnosis & Treatment

Total sales by business

 2021
Diagnostic Imaging42%
Ultrasound19%
Enterprise Diagnostic Informatics8%
Image Guided Therapy31%


Revenue is predominantly earned through the sale of products, leasing, customer services fees, recurring per-procedure fees for disposable devices, and software license fees. For certain offerings, per-study fees or outcome-based fees are earned over the contract term.

Sales channels are a mix of a direct sales force, especially in all the larger markets, third-party distributors and an online sales portal. This varies by product, market and price segment. Our sales organizations have an intimate knowledge of technologies and clinical applications, as well as the solutions necessary to solve problems for our customers.

Under normal circumstances, sales at Philips’ Diagnosis & Treatment businesses are generally higher in the second half of the year, largely due to the timing of customer spending patterns.

At year-end 2021 Diagnosis & Treatment had around 32,000 employees worldwide.

2021 business highlights

Philips received US FDA clearance for its SmartCT (Cone Beam CT) application for the Azurion image-guided therapy system, which provides interventionalists with CT-like 3D images to enhance procedural outcomes and fits seamlessly into existing workflows. An industry-first, Philips also introduced ClarifEye Augmented Reality Surgical Navigation, advancing minimally invasive spine procedures in the hybrid operating room.

Philips has pioneered spectral CT diagnostics. The company’s new Spectral CT 7500, which enables customers to benefit from a reduction in follow-up scans, increased certainty in lesion characterization, and reduced time to diagnosis, is attracting strong customer demand. For example, the University Medical Center Utrecht in the Netherlands installed two Spectral CT systems, with the aim of providing greater confidence in mainstream clinical diagnosis – for all patients and in all exams.

Building on the success of the IntraSight interventional applications platform, we further reinforced Philips’ leading position in image- guided therapy with the introduction of IntraSight Mobile, which offers users in hospitals and office-based labs the integration, flexibility and affordability of a single mobile system for intravascular imaging, physiology measurements and co-registration for seamless workflows and enhanced patient care.

Philips announced progress on several clinical studies including the positive two-year clinical study results for the Tack Endovascular System for dissection repair, the first patient enrollment in the DEFINE GPS multicenter study to further drive the adoption of iFR for percutaneous coronary interventions based on clinical evidence, and the start of the WE-TRUST multicenter stroke study to shorten treatment times by identifying, planning and treating ischemic stroke patients in the interventional suite. Moreover, Philips announced the first structural heart repair procedure at Mayo Clinic using its new 3D intracardiac echocardiography catheter VeriSight Pro.

Building on Philips’ leadership in image-guided therapy solutions in cardiology, the company is further strengthening its position in fast- growing adjacencies such as neurology and oncology. For example, USA-based Piedmont Health equipped its neurosurgical operating rooms with a specialized version of Philips Azurion for the treatment of stroke. Philips also announced positive results of a clinical study aimed at setting a new standard of safety and accuracy in the diagnosis of small peripheral lung lesions using Philips Lung suite.

Philips launched next-generation digital pathology solution, Philips Digital Pathology Suite – IntelliSite – which features a comprehensive, scalable suite of software tools and capabilities designed to help streamline workflows, enhance diagnostic confidence, facilitate team collaboration, integrate artificial intelligence (AI) and increase the efficiency of pathology labs. Underlining its leading role in digital pathology, the company partnered with Healius Pathology, one of Australia's leading providers of private medical laboratory and pathology services, to deploy a multi-site digital pathology solution across Healius’ National Pathology Network.

Philips introduced new AI-enabled software and systems in MR, including the MR 5300, its second helium-free for life MR operations 1.5T system, the MR 7700 3.0T system for neuro applications, and MR Workspace, which simplifies the path from image acquisition to diagnosis.

The company enhanced its EPIQ and Affiniti ultrasound systems with tele-ultrasound capabilities, as well as adding liver fat quantification tools that allow allows non-invasive diagnosis of early-stage fatty liver disease.

A new addition to its Ambient Experience portfolio, Philips launched Pediatric Coaching, a holistic solution designed to be a less stressful experience for parents and their children undergoing MRI scans. The company also announced an initiative with the Walt Disney Company EMEA to test the effects of custom-made animations, including specially-made Disney stories, within Philips’ Ambient Experience hospital environments.

Philips further expanded its leading image-guided therapy portfolio through the acquisition of Vesper Medical, adding a venous stenting solution to address the root cause of chronic deep venous disease and enhance patient care. This will complement Philips’ strong IVUS offering in venous imaging and expand the company's growth in the vascular therapy market.

Philips received FDA clearance for its new MR 5300 system, continuing the advancement of the company’s helium-free for life operating portfolio. Powered by AI, the MR 5300 simplifies and automates complex clinical and operational tasks for outpatient clinical use and MR departments to help accelerate workflows and improve access to affordable, quality care.

Further expanding the company’s comprehensive CT portfolio, Philips introduced the new CT 5100 Incisive with CT Smart Workflow, comprising AI-enabled capabilities designed to accelerate workflows, enhance diagnostic confidence, and maximize system up-time.

3.4.2Connected Care businesses

Spanning the entire health continuum, the Connected Care businesses help broaden the reach and deepen the impact of healthcare – with solutions that unite devices, informatics, data and people across care networks. In this way, Philips connects patients and caregivers across care settings, delivering clinical, operational and therapeutic solutions that help our customers address the Quadruple Aim of better health outcomes, improved patient and staff experience, and lower cost of care.

In 2021, Connected Care continued to play a crucial role in fulfilling patient and customer needs created by the COVID-19 global pandemic – delivering core systems such as patient monitors, supporting the expansion of telehealth for the ICU, providing ventilators and oxygen, and delivering remote patient care safely.

COVID-19 continues to accelerate the digital transformation of healthcare, enabled by, for example, cloud and SaaS offerings. Increasingly, our customers need to support the transition of care, in the hospital and from the hospital to the home, making virtual care services an essential part of healthcare delivery. At the same time, they want to be able to unlock data siloes and translate data into clinical and operational insights to support better outcomes. And they want to leverage automation and remote support in order to improve workflows and alleviate staffing constraints.

In 2021, Connected Care rose to these challenges in large, growing and diverse markets, supported by the recent acquisitions in clinical data services and the increased focus on informatics.

Philips has a deep understanding of clinical care and the patient experience inside and outside the hospital. The combination of our advanced technological solutions and consultative approach allows us to be an effective partner to our customers in their transformation, both across the enterprise and at the level of the individual clinician, nurse and patient. Our consultation services are set up to help redesign and optimize patient and work flows, as well as to provide predictive analytics, customized training and improved accessibility across our application landscape, thus reducing the burden on hospital staff and improving patient safety.

This requires secure common digital data platforms that connect and align consumers, patients, payers and healthcare providers in an interoperable manner. Philips’ platforms aggregate and leverage information from clinical devices, patient and historical data to support care providers in patient engagement, diagnostics, (ambulatory) patient monitoring and (clinical) therapy solutions.

In June 2021, our subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification in the United States and field safety notice outside the United States for certain sleep and respiratory care products to address identified potential health risks related to the polyester-based polyurethane (PE-PUR) sound abatement foam in these devices. Following the substantial ramp-up of its production, service and repair capacity in 2021, the repair and replacement program in the United States and several other markets is under way. As of January 2022, Philips Respironics has shipped a total of approximately 750,000 repair kits and replacement devices to customers and aims to complete the repair and replacement program in the fourth quarter of 2022. 

In 2021, the Connected Care segment consisted of the following areas of business:

  • Hospital Patient Monitoring: This business delivers acute patient management solutions to improve clinical and patient outcomes and achieve operational and economic efficiencies. Leveraging a strong presence in the ICU, Hospital Patient Monitoring solutions enhance customers’ experience and improve patient outcomes with seamless patient data monitoring from admission to discharge, and by turning patient data into clinical insights that are actionable at the right time and specific to targeted care settings. 
  • Emergency Care: Our business propositions play a critical role in connected acute care management, both inside and outside the hospital, including cardiac resuscitation (e.g. AEDs) and emergency care solutions (devices, services, and digital/data solutions).
  • Sleep & Respiratory Care: Philips’ cloud-based sleep and respiratory patient management solutions enable the care of more than 10.5 million connected patients, driving adherence, reimbursement and remote patient management. This extends from ambulatory patient care solutions for obstructive sleep apnea, to end-to-end solutions that encompass consumer engagement, diagnostics, people-centric therapy, cloud-based connected propositions and care management services for patients with COPD (Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease) and respiratory conditions. Hospital Respiratory Care provides invasive and non-invasive ventilators for acute and sub-acute hospital environments; Home Respiratory Care supports chronic care management in the home.
  • Connected Care Informatics*): This business includes a fully integrated Electronic Medical Record & Care Management business, which enables centralized management of clinical, organizational and operational processes, virtual care delivery propositions, including remote patient management, and real-time monitoring in acute care, including telehealth in the ICU. Philips’ Tele-ICU program continues to play a pivotal role, enabling clinicians and nursing staff to remotely monitor a scalable number of ICU beds from a central monitoring facility with predictive analytics, enabled by Philips’ HealthSuite Platform. In 2021, Philips acquired Capsule Technologies, Inc., which now forms part of Clinical Data Services. Capsule is a leading player in medical device and data integration across the enterprise, integrating with more than 1,000 vendor-agnostic device models. Building on its core integration and interoperability capabilities, along with the Philips HealthSuite Platform, we will fuel our data and healthcare Internet of Things (IoT) capabilities in support of integrated workflow solutions for the hospital. In 2021, Philips also acquired BioTelemetry, Inc. and it now forms part of the Ambulatory Monitoring & Diagnostics business. BioTelemetry holds a leading position in patient care management in ambulatory and home care settings in North America through a suite of cardiac diagnostic and monitoring solutions to identify heart rhythm disorders supported by Artificial Intelligence algorithms.

Connected Care

Total sales by business

 2021
Hospital Patient Monitoring43%
Emergency Care5%
Sleep & Respiratory Care37%
Connected Care Informatics15%

In most of the Connected Care businesses, revenue is earned through the sale of products and solutions, customer services fees and software license fees. Where bundled offerings result in solutions for our customers, or offerings are based on the number of people being monitored, we see more usage-based earnings models. In the patient care management businesses (Ambulatory Monitoring & Diagnostics and Sleep & Respiratory Care), revenue is generated through clinical services, product sales and through rental models, whereby revenue is generated over time. 

Sales channels include a mix of a direct salesforce, partly paired with an online sales portal and distributors (varying by product, market and price segment). Sales are mostly driven by a direct salesforce with an intimate knowledge of the procedures that use our integrated solutions’ smart devices, systems, software and services. Philips works with customers and partners to co-create solutions, drive commercial innovation and adapt to new models such as monitoring-as-a-service. 

Sales at Philips’ Connected Care businesses are generally higher in the second half of the year, largely due to customer spending patterns. However, in 2021, the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification in the Sleep & Respiratory Care business in June had a negative impact on sales in the second half of the year.

At year-end 2021, the Connected Care businesses had around 18,000 employees worldwide.

*)In Q3 2021, Personal Emergency Response Services and Senior Living, including the Aging & Care Giving business, was sold to Connect America.

2021 business highlights 

Philips launched two new HealthSuite informatics solutions which are scalable across the enterprise, to support its customers in achieving the Quadruple Aim of healthcare: Patient Flow Capacity Suite, a solution that helps hospitals manage the complete patient journey, and Acute Care Telehealth, which builds on Philips’ successful Tele-ICU solutions.

Philips’ recently acquired Capsule business continued to add new device drivers to its Medical Device Information Platform, which will be integrated with HealthSuite. With more than 1,000 unique types of medical devices capable of integrating with the platform, customers can connect more devices to advance health systems’ digital transformation with intelligent, vendor-agnostic tools that turn complex data streams into actionable insights.

Philips introduced its integrated Interventional Hemodynamic System with the portable Patient Monitor IntelliVue X3, providing advanced vital signs measurements at the tableside in the interventional suite and continuous monitoring across care settings. Uninterrupted patient monitoring can help to improve clinical decision making and timely detection of potential adverse events at every stage.

Expanding its portable patient management offering, Philips introduced the Medical Tablet, a portable monitoring kit designed to help clinicians remotely monitor larger patient populations during emergency situations. This new offering, which is available in North America, Europe and Japan, provides remote access to patient data to improve workflows and better manage increased patient volumes.

Philips entered into a partnership agreement with Orbita Inc., a provider of conversational artificial intelligence (AI) solutions for healthcare, to co-create next-generation conversational virtual assistants for Philips’ consumer health and patient support applications.

Philips announced a collaboration with USA-based MedChat to integrate MedChat’s live chat and AI-driven chatbot services into Philips Patient Navigation Manager. With the combined offering, Philips enables its customers in North America to create automated communication workflows that function seamlessly alongside patient access and call center operations.

Highlighting the company’s leading position in high-acuity care settings, Philips received FDA clearance for the IntelliVue MX750 and MX850 patient monitors, which are uniquely designed to support scalability, alarm management, cybersecurity, and enhanced infection prevention within the hospital.

Building on the ambulatory cardiac diagnostics and monitoring solutions resulting from the BioTelemetry acquisition, Philips announced the acquisition of Cardiologs (closed on January 7, 2022), adding a vendor-neutral heart disorder screener and ECG analysis applications based on machine learning algorithms. This technology will accelerate diagnostic reporting and streamline clinician workflow and patient care.

3.4.3Personal Health businesses

Our Personal Health businesses play an important role on the health continuum – in the healthy living, prevention and home care stages – delivering compelling value propositions to enable people to live a healthy life and proactively manage their own health.

We aim to drive profitable growth through a relentless focus on innovation across three key areas:

  • Reaching more people through consumer-driven product and solutions innovation 
  • Accelerating online growth and engaging more people through an end-to-end digital approach
  • Expanding our ecosystem through partnerships with leading retailers and scaling new business models

In September 2021, Philips completed the sale of its Domestic Appliances business to Hillhouse Investment, a global investment firm. The results of this transaction, which Philips announced in March 2021, are reported under Discontinued operations for 2021. As a result, in 2021, the Personal Health segment consisted of the following remaining areas of business:

  • Oral Healthcare: power toothbrushes for a range of price segments, from entry-level battery-operated toothbrushes for a young audience, to premium intuitive power toothbrushes connected to the Sonicare app with in-app coaching and teledentistry service; brush heads, which are also available as a subscription service; products for interdental cleaning and for teeth whitening
  • Mother & Child Care: products to support parents and babies in the first 1,000 days, including infant feeding (breast pumps, baby bottles, sterilizers), digital parental solutions (Pregnancy+ and Baby+ apps)
  • Personal Care: products from entry-level to premium for male grooming (shavers, OneBlade, groomers, trimmers, hair clippers), including premium solutions with SkinIQ technology and in-app coaching for a personalized shave, blade subscriptions; beauty solutions (skin care, hair care, hair removal), including solutions with the latest SenseIQ technology that sense and adapt for personalized care, also available through subscription models.

Personal Health

Total sales by business

 2021
Oral Healthcare 34%
Mother & Child Care10%
Personal Care56%

Through our Personal Health businesses, we offer a broad range of solutions in various consumer price segments, always aiming to offer and realize premium value. We continue to rationalize our portfolio of locally relevant innovations and increase its accessibility, particularly in lower-tier cities in growth geographies. A notable aspect of our commercial strategy is driving increased direct-to-consumer relationships and sales through our consumer communities and online store. Worldwide about half of our Personal Health sales now take place online.

We are leveraging connectivity to offer new business models, partnering with other players in the health ecosystem, e.g. insurance companies, with the goal of extending opportunities for people to live healthily, prevent or manage disease. We are engaging consumers in their health journey in new and impactful ways through social media and digital innovation. 

For example, we strongly believe in the connection between good oral care and good overall health - a belief underpinned by the World Health Organization (WHO), which adopted a resolution on oral healthcare in May 2021. Good oral care is important for everyone. And since everyone is different, oral healthcare should also be personalized to each user, so they can get the best health outcome. Philips Sonicare offers a wide range of solutions for complete oral care: from intelligent and intuitive power toothbrushes to interdental cleaning solutions and apps that help users to manage their complete oral care on a daily basis and give the option to share brushing data with their dental practitioners, putting personalized guidance at their fingertips. 

We also offer mobile solutions to support parents and parents-to-be for a more informed, more connected and healthier journey to parenthood. The Pregnancy+ app and Baby+ app offer parents supportive content at every stage of their first 1,000-day journey. Pregnancy+ also offers state-of-the-art, photo-realistic and interactive 3D fetal models to make the experience even more exciting, with new, personalized content for each day of the pregnancy. As of year-end 2021, the Pregnancy+ app and Baby+ app combined have more than 56 million downloads, almost 2 million daily active users, and are available in 22 languages.

The company’s wide portfolio of connected consumer health platforms leverages Philips HealthSuite Platform, a cloud-enabled connected health ecosystem of devices, apps and digital tools that support personalized health and continuous care.

The revenue model is mainly based on product sale at the point in time the products are delivered to retailers and online platforms. We are increasingly diversifying the revenue model with new business models, including direct-to-consumer, subscriptions and services.

The Personal Health businesses experience seasonality, with higher sales around key national and international events and holidays.

At year-end 2021, Personal Health employed around 10,000 people worldwide.

2021 business highlights

The global launch of Philips’ most advanced electric toothbrush, the Sonicare 9900 Prestige, was positively received by consumers. The premium electric toothbrush leverages AI to optimize the user’s brushing technique, ensuring full coverage of their teeth, and instills brushing habits that improve oral health.

Toward the end of the year, Philips completed the successful roll-out of the Sonicare 9900 Prestige in North America, China, Europe, Middle East and Asia Pacific. It finished #1 in the Stiftung Warentest, Europe’s leading consumer organization. Philips further expanded its oral healthcare portfolio with the launch of innovative interdental cleaning devices in North America, China and Asia Pacific.

Underlining Philips’ strategy to deliver locally relevant solutions, the company launched several oral healthcare innovations targeting multiple price points in China, including two new electric toothbrushes. In addition, Philips launched its professional teeth whitening offering Zoom in China through a local partnership with LinkedCare, one of the largest dental solution providers in the Chinese dental market.

Expanding the company’s leading male grooming portfolio, Philips introduced the Shaver Series 9000 with SkinIQ technology in markets around the world, including China, North America and Europe. The premium shaver leverages AI and sensors to offer a personalized shave tailored to each unique skin and hair type.

Philips produced its 100 millionth OneBlade, just 5 years after its launch in 2016. The Philips OneBlade has disrupted shaving markets worldwide, creating a new category for shaving, trimming, and edging.

Philips introduced the Lumea IPL 9000 series with SenseIQ technology for personalized hair removal, which is now also available through a Try&Buy subscription model in various European countries.

The No. 1 worldwide pregnancy app that’s the most recommended app by midwives and pediatricians, the Philips Pregnancy+ app, debuted in India. The Philips Pregnancy+ app is currently available in 175+ countries worldwide, and offers a fully immersive experience for expecting parents, enabling them to track their baby’s growth, all with personalized content supported by clinical expertise.

Philips’ newest baby tech launched in North America (with subsequent markets launching throughout 2022): the Philips Avent Natural Baby Bottle with Natural Response nipple, which releases milk only when baby actively drinks, just like breastfeeding, easing the switch between breast and bottle.

3.4.4Other

In our external reporting on Other we report on the items Innovation & Strategy, IP Royalties, Central costs, and other small items. At year-end 2021, around 18,000 people worldwide were working in these areas.

About Other

Innovation & Strategy

The role of Innovation & Strategy is to listen to the voice of the customer and, in collaboration with the operating businesses and the markets, direct the company strategy and innovation roadmap to achieve our growth and profitability ambitions. The various components of Innovation & Strategy include: the Chief Technology Office (CTO), Research, HealthSuite Platform, the Chief Medical Office, Engineering Solutions, Experience Design, Healthcare Transformation Services, Strategy, and Partnerships. Our four largest Innovation Hubs are in Eindhoven (Netherlands), Cambridge (USA), Bangalore (India) and Shanghai (China).

The Innovation & Strategy function tunes into industry trends and customer signals to develop innovations that solve real-world problems for healthcare customers and consumers. Innovation & Strategy advances innovation together with Philips' businesses, markets and partners. This entails cooperation between research, design, medical affairs, professional services, marketing, strategy and businesses in a multi-disciplinary fashion, from early exploration to first-of-a-kind offerings.

Innovation & Strategy actively participates in Open Innovation through relationships with academic, clinical, industrial partners and start-ups, as well as via public-private partnerships. It does so in order to improve innovation speed and agility, to capture and generate new ideas, and in some cases to leverage third-party capabilities. This may include sharing the related financial exposure and benefits.

Finally, Innovation & Strategy sets the agenda to drive continuous improvement in the Philips product and solution portfolios. Innovation & Strategy improves the efficiency and effectiveness of innovation through Centers of Excellence, such as Platform Modularity & Re-use, Data Science, Artificial Intelligence and Internet of Things.

Chief Technology Office (CTO) and Philips Research

The Chief Technology Office orchestrates customer-centric innovation strategy and portfolio management, and drives adoption of digital architecture and platforms, Data Science and AI, as well as excellence in software, across Philips’ businesses and markets. Philips Research initiates game-changing innovations – based on deep customer insights and technology advancements – that disrupt and cross boundaries in health technology and care delivery. It does so to increase the availability and accuracy of healthcare and improve clinical and economic outcomes, as well as supporting the associated transformation of Philips into a digital solutions company. CTO and Research encompass the following organizations:

  • Innovation Management, responsible for end-to-end innovation strategy and portfolio management, integrated roadmaps linking products, systems and software to solutions, New Business Creation Excellence, R&D competency management, Clinical Research Board, Innovation Transformation and Performance Management and public funding programs.
  • The Chief Architect Office defines the reference architecture for the HealthSuite Platform, domain-specific digital application platforms, and Modular Systems, covering all systems, products, services, solutions and digital IT in Philips.
  • The Software Center of Excellence drives adoption of industry best practices in creating and maintaining application-level software, modular and configurable system design and model-based system engineering.
  • The Data Science and AI Center of Excellence defines and deploys strategies and best practices for dealing with Data Science and AI in a responsible and compliant way, and develops common tools to facilitate the development process and co-creation of innovative propositions with clinical and business partners.
  • Philips Research, as co-creator and strategic partner of the Philips businesses, markets and complementary Open Innovation ecosystem partners, drives customer needs-focused front-end innovation and clinical research at sites across the globe. The role of Research increasingly goes beyond early-stage proof-of-concept, including advanced development of smart connected devices and systems, and integrated solutions and services, fitting regionally relevant digital ecosystems.
Philips HealthSuite Platform

Philips HealthSuite Platform helps unlock the power of data to enable healthcare professionals, patients and consumers to engage in connected care. Its modular set of re-usable digital capabilities liberate, integrate and enable actionable insights on data from disparate systems within a secure environment. HealthSuite Platform helps accelerate the development and deployment of digital propositions across the health continuum, supporting better health outcomes, improved patient/consumer and staff experience, and lower cost of care.

Chief Medical Office

The Chief Medical Office is responsible for clinical innovation and strategy, healthcare economics, clinical evidence generation, medical affairs and market access, clinical education, as well as medical thought leadership, with a focus on healthcare governance and organization, the Quadruple Aim and value-based care. This includes engaging with stakeholders across the health continuum to extend Philips’ leadership in health technology and acting on new value-based reimbursement models that benefit the patient, health professional, care provider and payer.

Leveraging the knowledge and expertise of the medical professional community across Philips, the Chief Medical Office includes many healthcare professionals who practice(d) in the world’s leading health systems. Its activities include strategic guidance built on clinical and scientific knowledge, building and nurturing customer partnerships and growth opportunities, fostering peer-to-peer relationships in relevant medical communities, driving co-innovation with customers, liaising with medical regulatory bodies, and supporting clinical and economic evidence development.

Engineering Solutions

Engineering Solutions is accountable for bringing engineering capabilities in Philips to world-class level to realize innovations that deliver on our customers’ needs, advancing the Quadruple Aim. Taking a customer-first approach, Engineering Solutions turns ideas into working innovations by providing deep engineering expertise, cross-business product platforms, and innovation processes and tools. Engineering Solutions also works for selected external companies in the healthcare, high-tech and semiconductor industries. 

Innovation Hubs

To drive innovation effectiveness and efficiency, and to enable locally relevant solution creation, we have established four Innovation Hubs for the Philips Group: Eindhoven (Netherlands), Cambridge (USA), Bangalore (India) and Shanghai (China). The four hubs form a global network, together with the other smaller innovation and research sites in their respective regions, to provide access to each other’s capabilities to serve businesses, markets and customers globally.

  • Philips Innovation Center Eindhoven, with satellites in Hamburg, Paris and Moscow, is Philips’ largest cross-functional Innovation Hub, hosting the global headquarters of most of our central innovation organizations. Many of the company’s core research programs are also run from here, as well as innovation for digital platforms and solution & services delivery.
  • Philips Innovation Center Cambridge, MA is located at the heart of medical innovation within the North America market. It has innovation partnerships with top engineering institutions like MIT, with top clinical sites, and with government funding agencies like NIH (National Institutes of Health) and BARDA (Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority). The Research lab in Cambridge focuses on the application of Data Science and AI in radiology, ultrasound, and acute care.
  • Philips Innovation Center Bangalore is our largest software-focused site, with over 3,400 engineers. In addition, it hosts, among others, R&D teams from most of our operating businesses and IT. The Center also functions as the hub for market-driven innovation in surrounding geographies in Asia Pacific, Africa, and Middle East & Turkey.
  • Philips Innovation Center Shanghai is a key contributor to the healthcare and healthy living transformation of China. It combines digital innovation, research and solutions development for the China market, participating in local digital ecosystems, while several of its locally relevant innovations are also finding their way globally. Programs focus on personal health, clinical informatics for precision diagnosis, and connected care solutions.

Alongside the hubs, where most of the central Innovation & Strategy organization is concentrated together with selected business R&D and market innovation teams, we continue to have significant, but more focused innovation capabilities integrated into key technology centers at our other global business sites.

Philips Experience Design and Healthcare Transformation Services

Philips Experience Design is the global design function for the company, ensuring the user experiences of our innovations are inspiring, meaningful, people-focused, and locally relevant. Philips Experience Design also ensures the Philips brand experience is distinctive, consistently expressed across all customer touchpoints, and drives customer preference. A key enabler for this is an engaging and differentiating design language system (DLS) that is embedded in software, hardware, and services across our businesses. Philips Experience Design partners with stakeholders across the enterprise in applying creativity and design thinking, from defining value propositions to co-creating solutions with customers, as well as developing new approaches in areas such as data-enabled design tools and processes that help create meaning and capture value from data. Philips Experience Design received a record 182 awards for design excellence in 2021.

Philips Healthcare Transformation Services (HTS) is a consulting practice within Philips that helps our customers improve process efficiency and enhance the care experience. Our consultants leverage co-create methodologies with the aim of creating solutions that are tailored specifically to the challenges facing our customers, as local circumstances and workflows are key ingredients in the successful implementation of solutions. HTS is a team of healthcare transformation practitioners with clinical and consulting expertise delivering a portfolio of methods and tools in operational and clinical transformation, environment and experience design, and digital transformation and performance analytics.

IP Royalties

Philips Intellectual Property & Standards (IP&S) proactively pursues the creation of new Intellectual Property (IP) in close co-operation with Philips’ operating businesses and Innovation & Strategy. IP&S is a leading industrial IP organization providing world-class IP solutions to Philips’ businesses to support their growth, competitiveness and profitability.

Royal Philips’ IP portfolio currently consists of 57,000 patent rights, 33,000 trademarks, 114,000 design rights and 2,900 domain names. Philips filed 860 new patents in 2021, with a strong focus on the growth areas in health technology services and solutions.

Philips earns substantial annual income from license fees and royalties.

Philips believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular third-party patent or license, or any particular group of third-party patents and licenses.

Central costs

We recharge the directly attributable part of the functional costs to the business segments. The remaining part is accounted for as 'central costs', and includes costs related to the Executive Committee and Group functions such as Strategy, Legal and Audit fees.

Real estate

Philips is present in more than 75 countries globally and has its corporate headquarters in Amsterdam, Netherlands. Our real estate sites are spread around the globe, with key manufacturing and R&D sites in Europe, the Americas and Asia.

In 2021, we relocated key offices in Farnborough (UK), Stockholm (Sweden), Toronto (Canada), Gurgaon (India) and Istanbul (Turkey). We invested in, amongst others, our sites in Plymouth (USA), Eindhoven (Netherlands), Alajuela (Costa Rica), Pune (India) and Böblingen (Germany) to create an engaging workplace that can help attract and retain the best talent. We have continued to drive productivity by optimizing our footprint globally and reducing the number of sites through post-acquisition integration programs, as well as by implementing our Future of Work concept to support hybrid working in 2022.

We have fully transferred 33 properties and partially transferred 48 properties as part of the sale of our Domestic Appliances business.

In line with our Environmental ESG commitment towards 2025, we continue to actively optimize our real estate portfolio. Having met our goal of bringing our site-related CO2 emissions under 35 kilotons per year in 2020, we further reduced our CO2 emissions by 15% in 2021. In addition, we reached 73.9% renewable energy in 2021, meeting our 2021 target of 72% and on track to achieve our target of 75% by 2025.

The vast majority of our locations consist of leased property, and we manage these closely to keep the overall vacancy rates of our property below 5% and to ensure the right level of space efficiency and flexibility to follow our business dynamic. Occupancy rates in Philips office locations continued to decrease in 2021 as a result of COVID-19, and this trend is expected to continue in 2022. The net book value of our land and buildings at December 31, 2021, represented EUR 1,388 million; construction in progress represented EUR 24 million. Our current facilities are adequate to meet the requirements of our present and foreseeable future operations.

3.5Our geographies

3.5.1Our Markets

We address North America, Western Europe and other mature geographies, as well as Greater China and other growth geographies, via three market groups – North America, Greater China and International Markets – which are active in more than 100 countries worldwide.

The Markets’ core objective is to understand local market/customer needs, to create and activate the local marketing plans, to develop and manage the relationship with existing and new customers, to deliver orders, and to manage and service the installed base of equipment and informatics at our customer sites. The Markets manage the market-oriented profit-and-loss account (P&L). They act as the voice of the customer in the creation of the suite of solutions strategy, bring relevant products and solutions to market, and ensure local solution delivery and service execution, as well as managing the integral go-to-market approaches to our key customers and indirect channels – all with the aim of maximizing long-term customer value and gaining market share.

To take quick decisions that are locally relevant and as close to the customer as possible, our Businesses and Markets work closely together in Business-Market Combinations (BMCs) – Ultrasound-Japan, for example. Through the BMC process it is agreed where to compete and how to win. Businesses and Markets bear joint accountability for managing the operational end-to-end consumer and customer value chain and the collaborative P&L, while leveraging the functional excellence and shared infrastructure of the company.

3.5.2Macro-economic landscape in 2021

In 2021, the world economy experienced strong growth, largely due to the base effect from the recession suffered in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The economic re-opening seen in 2021 has led to significant economic recoveries, although the COVID-19 pandemic and global supply bottlenecks persist. According to Oxford Economics, global real GDP is estimated to have grown by 5.8% in 2021, compared with the -3.5% estimated for 2021 in 2020. Across Philips’ markets, Latin America, Europe and Japan are estimated to have not yet reached their 2019 real GDP levels. Oxford Economics expects global real GDP growth to moderate to 4.2% in 2022.

3.5.32021 highlights from our Market Groups 

North America

Philips continued to focus on helping customers drive innovation in areas such as cancer care, cardiovascular care and provider digital transformation, while forging strategic partnerships to advance artificial intelligence (AI) and data analytics. 2021 saw our long-term strategic partnerships continue to expand into these areas, as health systems looked to advance care for their communities. 

New York University Langone Health’s Department of Pathology worked with us to integrate Philips Genomics Workspace into their EMR (electronic medical record) and enable the largest cancer sequencing test in the industry. We signed a long-term strategic partnership specifically focused on integrated cardiovascular solutions with Lankenau Heart Institute, part of Main Line Health, and formed a unique partnership with the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), to develop AI technologies that will enable personalization and make it easier for patients to select providers, access their health information and receive virtual care at home. Further, Baptist Health signed a 10-year strategic partnership to help standardize patient monitoring solutions, supporting their digital transformation goals. 

Our partnerships in 2021 also highlighted our commitment to health equity and sustainability. The US Chamber of Commerce Foundation, in partnership with Philips and the Platform for Accelerating the Circular Economy (PACE), expanded the Capital Equipment Coalition (CEC) to North America to accelerate transformation to a circular economy model. We are also working with the National Minority Quality Forum (NMQF), as part of a joint mission to raise awareness of and support on key issues such as maternal mortality among Black women, leveraging Philips resources and technology, e.g. the Pregnancy+ app, to help close the healthcare disparities gaps. 

In keeping with our belief in the added value of AI, we announced the Philips Sonicare 9900 Prestige, an AI-enabled toothbrush with SenseIQ technology. Philips Sonicare continues to be the sonic toothbrush brand most recommended by US dental professionals, and we maintain a No. 1 market share in electric male grooming. 

Greater China

In 2021 we continued our efforts to provide innovative health technology solutions in support of China’s national health strategy, Healthy China.

Philips provided the Yili Chuanxin Oncology hospital in Xinjiang, a newly established top-tier private hospital, with an Oncology solution to address the hospital’s clinical needs in screening, precision diagnosis, targeted treatment and rehabilitation of cancer patients. The solution includes IntelliSpace Digital Pathology and the Ingenia 3.0T MR, IQon Spectral CT, Incisive CT and CT Big Bore imaging systems, combined with IntelliSpace Portal for advanced visualization and analysis.

Driven by the China Healthcare Reform, PCI (Percutaneous Coronary Intervention) procedures are gradually being transferred from top-tier hospitals to low-tier hospitals, which urgently need medical technology to help doctors provide quality diagnosis and treatment to cardiovascular patients. We provided an integrated solution, including Azurion and IVUS (intravascular ultrasound), to a county-level hospital in Kaifeng, Henan Province, to address the hospital’s needs in the diagnosis and treatment of PCI patients.

Philips provided The First Affiliated Hospital of Zhengzhou University – one of the biggest hospitals in the world, with more than 10,000 beds – with a range of advanced diagnostic imaging and image-guided therapy systems, including IQon Spectral CT and the Azurion image-guided therapy platform.

We signed a solutions contract with Gansu Provincial Maternity and Child Care Hospital to streamline and advance the delivery of critical care across multiple departments. The contract includes patient monitors, an ECG management system, and ICCA (IntelliSpace Critical Care and Anesthesia) informatics systems.

For consumers, we launched an integrated platform, Philips Healthy Living Lab, in which Philips is partnering with other brands, such as Unilever, IHG and Alibaba, to engage consumers with healthy living experiences.

Underlining our strategy to deliver locally relevant solutions, the company launched several oral healthcare innovations targeting multiple price points in China, including two new electric toothbrushes. In addition, Philips launched its professional teeth whitening offering Zoom in China through a local partnership with LinkedCare, one of the largest dental solution providers in the Chinese dental market.

Recognizing the need for local-for-local development and manufacturing in China, we continue to strengthen our innovation centers in China and aim to achieve 90% localization by the end of 2023.

International Markets

In our International Markets we strive to execute on a shared global vision whilst meeting the unique local needs and circumstances of our customers. Our goal is to elevate customer relationships and move from being a trusted supplier of equipment, services and software to a transformational partner directly contributing to our customers’ long-term success. To support this vision we have made great progress on leveling up our go-to-market model, developing scalable solutions and software, expanding fit-for-future capabilities, reinvesting revenue to enable new business models, and establishing new partnerships. 

In 2021, Philips entered into many new customer partnerships, including the following:

Philips and Spanish healthcare group Vithas signed a 5-year strategic agreement, which will allow Vithas Group hospitals and medical centers to benefit from Philips’ latest innovations in diagnostic imaging technology, health informatics and equipment for minimally invasive interventional procedures.

In Germany, Philips signed a 10-year partnership agreement with the Brandenburg University Clinic. The agreement includes a wide range of integrated solutions along the health continuum. Furthermore, Philips will act as the general contractor for an extension to the central operating rooms and cardiology department.

As part of Philips’ 10-year partnership with Rutherford Health to open multiple Community Diagnostic Centers in England, the first center was opened in Taunton, for which Philips provided innovative diagnostic imaging systems, including Ingenia Ambition MR combined with Ambient Experience, which allows patients to control and personalize the imaging environment.

In France, Philips and Rennes University Hospital signed a 5-year technology, research and innovation partnership to advance patient care. The hospital will have access to Philips’ latest technologies and informatics solutions to enhance the diagnosis, treatment, monitoring and management of patients. The multi-year strategic partnership will accelerate clinical research focused on image-guided minimally invasive therapy, neurology, intensive care units and digital pathology.

In the Netherlands, Philips signed a 12-year strategic partnership with IJsselland Hospital, focusing on innovation, digitalization and optimization of care delivery, which also includes the delivery of patient monitoring and imaging solutions, including CT and MRI systems.

In Russia, Philips won several key projects, including one at Moscow City Healthcare Department for ultrasound systems, including lifetime service support for local clinics. The company also concluded a turnkey project for Sakha Republic (Yakutia), equipping the regional hospitals’ cardiology and oncology departments with, among others, our Azurion 7 image-guided therapy solution, MR Ingenia Ambition imaging system, and IntelliSpace Critical Care and Anesthesia informatics system.

In Poland, Philips delivered 15 systems from across the total Azurion portfolio to empower doctors serving patients’ needs in the area of interventional cardiology, electrophysiology (EP), neuroradiology and hybrid solutions.

In Latin America, Philips signed a strategic agreement with UnitedHealth Group, comprising a comprehensive portfolio of Diagnostic Imaging, Image Guided Therapy and Customer Services solutions and a turnkey solution for the renovation of 12 sites in Brazil. Under this agreement, the customer will have access to leading-edge technology, enabling them to dedicate more time to their patients. In Mexico, Philips worked with Digipath to establish the first digital pathology laboratory in the country, with Philips IntelliSite Pathology Solution enhancing productivity and supporting precision medicine and diagnostics.

Philips, together with the Saudi Data and Artificial Intelligence Authority (SDAIA), opened the first AI lab in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in October 2021. The Riyadh-based center will spearhead research and development of AI programs and standards to boost the use of AI in the healthcare technology sector, and build an ecosystem of highly skilled AI experts in Saudi Arabia.

3.6Supply chain and procurement

3.6.1Supply chain

Philips runs an Integrated Supply Chain, which encompasses supplier selection and management through procurement, manufacturing across all the industrial sites, logistics and warehousing operations, as well as demand/supply orchestration. When selecting and evaluating partners, we consider not only business metrics such as cost, quality and on-time delivery performance, but also environmental, social and governance factors. We use supplier classification models to identify critical suppliers, including those supplying materials, components and services that could influence the safety and performance of our products and solutions. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to test the resilience of supply chains globally. Philips has not been immune to the increasing impact of issues, such as the shortage of electronic components and logistical constraints. On the logistics front, we have established long-term contracts with suppliers, ensuring increased reliability – still not at pre-COVID-19 levels due to ports congestion – as well as secured costs and availability on contracted lanes. We have also expanded our rail and road transportation options to diversify our routes. For semiconductors, we have placed non-cancellable orders for an 18-month horizon to ensure our place in the queues. At the same time, we have intensified spot buys and  alternate parts qualifications in partnership with Research & Development. In parallel, we continue our advocacy towards the industry and governments on prioritizing supplies for life-saving equipment. Much like the rest of the industry, however, we remain exposed to sudden breakouts of COVID-19 in various countries and among suppliers, which will continue to make it difficult to predict developments through at least the first half of 2022. All of these challenges have reinforced our strategy for a more ‘regional vs global’ approach to our end-to-end network design.

Philips has continued to progress the consolidation of its manufacturing footprint into versatile ‘multi-modality’ manufacturing sites that produce multiple product categories and are located within or near the regions they serve. We do this for enhanced scale, efficiency, and customer proximity. While our site count has continued to decrease, the number of locations equipped to make the same product is increasing. Philips is using its multi-modality sites, in combination with contract manufacturing partners, to regionally ‘multi-source’ many of its products. This will increase the resilience of our supply chain to manage future, unplanned disruptions and ensure access to public healthcare investment where ‘local’ requirements exist in our largest markets.

We have also made good progress on transforming our warehousing and distribution operations into a more customer-centric and agile network that is more responsive to market volatility. In the last three years, we have reduced our warehousing footprint by 35%, essentially through consolidation and servicing of multiple businesses from a single location.

In 2021 we finalized the implementation of artificial intelligence and machine learning in our baseline demand forecasting operations for all our businesses in order to improve demand forecasting accuracy and manage inventories more efficiently. We achieved an improved forecast accuracy for our Personal Health products of more than 20% in the markets Europe, North America and Greater China. The other markets are in the early operating phase. We have insourced the AI forecasting activities for our health systems and medical devices portfolio from a third-party supplier and increased the baseline demand forecasting accuracy by 8%.

In June 2021, our subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification in the United States and field safety notice outside the United States for certain sleep and respiratory care products to address identified potential health risks related to the polyester-based polyurethane (PE-PUR) sound abatement foam in these devices. Following the substantial ramp-up of its production, service and repair capacity in 2021, the repair and replacement program in the United States and several other markets is under way. Production was trebled during the second half of 2021. Philips Respironics plans to further increase production volumes during the first half of 2022, subject to availability of inputs and taking into account global semiconductor shortages.

Philips Group

Supplier spend analysis per region

in %

 2021
Western Europe31%
North America33%
Other mature geographies6%
Total mature geographies70%
Growth geographies30%
Philips Group100%

3.6.2Procurement

In 2021, strong economic recovery led to sustained high demand. Combined with low levels of inventories and long lead times, this resulted in tightness and scarcity in many markets, as well as volatile spot-market price environments. Under these circumstances, the Procurement function’s priority was to endeavor to safeguard continuity of supply, with dedicated teams by modalities and types of commodities, so that Philips could continue to provide critical healthcare equipment and solutions to our customers all over the world. 

Global manufacturing remained in catch-up mode throughout the year. In addition, supply chain bottlenecks and other incidents had direct significant impacts on the already tight markets. Many market risks were in play at the same time – COVID-related delays in supply ramp-ups, the US chemical industry hit by weather storms, the blockage of the Suez Canal, the global shipping container shortage, the energy crisis in China, as well as problems on the gas market in Europe. Especially in the components area, capacity remained a major issue, causing shortages across all end-markets.  

3.6.3Supplier sustainability

Philips’ purpose to improve people’s lives applies throughout our value chain. An important area of focus for the Integrated Supply Chain is sustainability, and we are actively working on this together with our partners, whether these be component suppliers or energy or logistics providers. Close cooperation with our suppliers not only helps us deliver health technology innovations, it also supports new approaches that help us minimize our environmental impact and maximize the social and economic value we create. 

Since 2003, our sustainability strategy has included dedicated supplier sustainability programs. We have a direct (tier 1) business relationship with approximately 5,800 product and component suppliers and 18,000 service providers. In many cases, social issues deeper in our supply chain require us to intervene beyond tier 1 of the chain. 

We want to make a difference through sustainable supply management and responsible sourcing. This is more than simply managing compliance – it is about working together with our supply partners to have a positive and lasting impact. Therefore, the sustainability performance of our suppliers is fully embedded in our procurement organization and strategy. 

In 2021, we focused on further maximizing our positive impact on the supply chain, strengthening our maturity-based approach to drive continuous improvement. Through the Supplier Sustainability Performance program, we improved the lives of 430,000 workers in our supply chain (2020: 302,000). We also launched new ways to engage our suppliers, performing deep-dives on human rights impacts and dedicated energy scans to identify cost-effective ways to decarbonize suppliers’ manufacturing environments. 

Managing our large and diverse supply chain in a socially and environmentally responsible way requires a structured and innovative approach, while being transparent and engaging with a wide variety of stakeholders. In 2021, our programs focused specifically on improving suppliers’ sustainability performance, responsible sourcing of minerals, and reducing the environmental footprint of our supply base by driving the adoption of science-based targets.

Detailed information on our supplier sustainability programs is available in section Supplier indicators of this Annual Report. 

At a glance
Financial performance

EUR 17.2 billion sales

12.0% Adjusted EBITA*) margin
EUR 0.6 billion income from continuing operations
EUR 1.6 billion operating cash flow

Domestic Appliances divestment completed with EUR 2.5 billion gain after tax

EUR 0.7 billion field action provision made for the Philips Respironics repair and replacement program

2019 share buyback program completed

*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to *.

4Financial performance

2021 was a mixed year for Philips, with the Diagnosis & Treatment and Personal Health businesses performing well above plan, while the Connected Care segment was impacted by the Respironics recall. The first half of the year started strongly, with the second half being impacted by supply chain headwinds. Demand for our products and solutions remained strong as we ended the year with our highest-ever order book, 18% above 2020.  Looking ahead, I am positive about our ability to drive growth and margin improvement.
Abhijit Bhattacharya
CFO Royal Philips

4.1Performance review

The year 2021

  • 2021 saw strong growth in orders and sales in the Diagnosis & Treatment and Personal Health segments, with a decline in Connected Care following the extraordinary growth in 2020 and the impact of the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification. Increases in component and transportation costs, along with shortages of key components due to capacity constraints and delays in transport routes, impacted Philips' sales and profitability.
  • Sales amounted to EUR 17.2 billion, a decline of 1% on a nominal and comparable basis. Comparable sales growth*) in the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses was 8% and in the Personal Health businesses 9% on a comparable basis. However, this was more than offset by a 23% decline in the Connected Care businesses. This was largely due to the Respironics recall but also the high comparable base in 2020. Nevertheless, we ended the year with our highest-ever order book, 18% above 2020.
  • In Q3 2021, Philips completed the divestment of Domestic Appliances as planned, resulting in a EUR 2.5 billion gain after tax and transaction-related costs; reported in Discontinued Operations.
  • Net income amounted to EUR 3.3 billion, an increase of EUR 2.1 billion compared to 2020, mainly driven by the gain on the sale of the Domestic Appliances business. Net income is not allocated to segments, as certain income and expense line items are recorded on a centralized basis.
  • Adjusted EBITA*) amounted to EUR 2.1 billion, or 12.0% of sales. Productivity programs delivered annual savings of approximately EUR 279 million. This included approximately EUR 140 million procurement savings, led by the Design for Excellence (DfX) program, and approximately EUR 139 million savings from other productivity programs. While the Diagnosis & Treatment and Personal Health businesses delivered improved profit expansion, the Connected Care businesses showed a decline in Adjusted EBITA*) margin, primarily due to the decline in sales and the impact of the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification in the Sleep & Respiratory Care business. 
  • Operating cash flow amounted to EUR 1.6 billion, and Free cash flow*) amounted to EUR 0.9 billion.
  • In 2021, Philips completed the acquisitions of BioTelemetry and Capsule Technologies, which we believe will further drive our transformation into a solutions company and, in particular, further strengthen our position to improve patient care across care settings for multiple diseases and medical conditions.
  • In June 2021, our subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification in the United States and field safety notice outside the United States for certain sleep and respiratory care products related to the polyester-based polyurethane (PE-PUR) sound abatement foam in these devices. Following the substantial ramp-up of its production, service and repair capacity in 2021, the repair and replacement program in the United States and several other markets is under way. We recognized a field action provision of EUR 0.7 billion to cover the costs of the recall.
  • We expect to resume our growth and margin expansion trajectory in the course of 2022, however, we continue to see volatility and headwinds related to COVID and the supply chain shortages, especially in the first half of the year, despite our ongoing mitigation actions.
  • On January 29, 2019, Philips announced a EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program for capital reduction purposes. Approximately half of the program was executed through open market purchases during 2019 and the first quarter of 2020. The other half was executed through individual forward contracts. The last settlement under such contracts took place in December 2021 and the program was completed. 
  • On July 26, 2021, Philips announced a new EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program for capital reduction purposes. Philips entered into a number of forward transactions in the third quarter, covering approximately half of the program, with settlement dates in 2022, 2023 and 2024. The remainder of the program was executed through open market purchases taking place in Q4 2021 and Q1 2022.

Philips Group

Key data

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Sales17,14717,31317,156
Nominal sales growth8.0%1.0%(0.9)%
Comparable sales growth1)4.5%2.9%(1.2)%
Income from operations1,3661,264553
as a % of sales8.0%7.3%3.2%
Financial expenses, net(119)(44)(39)
Investments in associates, net of income taxes1(9)(4)
Income tax expense(258)(212)103
Income from continuing operations990999612
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes1831962,711
Net income1,1731,1953,323
Adjusted EBITA1)2,2702,2772,054
as a % of sales13.2%13.2%12.0%
Income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders2) per common share (in EUR) - diluted1.061.080.67
Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders2) per common share (in EUR) - diluted1)1.741.741.65
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

4.2Results of operations

Sales

The composition of sales growth in percentage terms in 2021, compared to 2020 and 2019, is presented in the following table.

Philips Group

Sales

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Diagnosis & Treatment businesses8,4858,1758,635
Nominal sales growth9.8%(3.7)%5.6%
Comparable sales growth1)5.5%(2.3)%8.1%
    
Connected Care businesses4,6745,5684,593
Nominal sales growth7.7%19.1%(17.5)%
Comparable sales growth1)3.0%22.1%(22.6)%
    
Personal Health businesses3,5163,1733,410
Nominal sales growth7.2%(9.8)%7.4%
Comparable sales growth1)5.4%(6.9)%9.0%
    
Other472396519
    
Philips Group17,14717,31317,156
Nominal sales growth8.0%1.0%(0.9)%
Comparable sales growth1)4.5%2.9%(1.2)%

Group sales amounted to EUR 17,156 million in 2021, 0.9% lower than in 2020 on a nominal basis. Considering a 0.3% positive effect from currency and consolidation, comparable sales*) decreased by 1.2%. While the currency effect was negative, mainly due to depreciation of currencies against the euro, and affected all business segments, this was more than offset by a positive consolidation impact from new acquisitions.

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

In 2021, sales amounted to EUR 8,635 million, 5.6% higher than in 2020 on a nominal basis. Considering a 2.5% negative currency effect and consolidation impact, comparable sales*) increased by 8.1%. This was driven by double-digit growth in Image-Guided Therapy and mid-single-digit growth in Diagnostic Imaging and Ultrasound, reflecting demand for Philips' portfolio and positive market conditions.

Connected Care businesses

In 2021, sales amounted to EUR 4,593 million, 17.5% lower than in 2020 on a nominal basis. Considering a 5.1% positive currency effect and consolidation impact, comparable sales*) decreased by 22.6%, following the high COVID-19-generated demand in 2020 and the impact of the Respironics recall in 2021. 

Personal Health businesses

In 2021, sales amounted to EUR 3,410 million, 7.4% higher than in 2020 on a nominal basis. Considering a 1.6% negative currency effect and consolidation impact, comparable sales*) increased by 9.0%. This was driven by robust customer demand for new product introductions across the world.

Other

In 2021, sales amounted to EUR 519 million, compared to EUR 396 million in 2020. The increase was mainly driven by supplies to a divested business and higher royalty income. 

Performance per geographic cluster

Philips Group

Sales by geographic area

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Western Europe3,3283,7023,645
North America6,9046,8846,781
Other mature geographies1,8041,7501,694
Total mature geographies12,03612,33612,120
Nominal sales growth 6%2%(2)%
Comparable sales growth1)2%3%(3)%
Growth geographies5,1124,9775,036
Nominal sales growth12%(3)%1%
Comparable sales growth1)11%3%3%
Philips Group17,14717,31317,156

Sales in mature geographies in 2021 were 2% lower than in 2020 on a nominal basis and 3% lower on a comparable basis*). Sales in Western Europe were 2% lower year-on-year on a nominal basis and 3% lower on a comparable basis*), with a double-digit decline in the Connected Care businesses, partly offset by high-single-digit growth in the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses and mid-single-digit growth in the Personal Health businesses. Sales in North America were 1% lower year-on-year on a nominal basis and decreased 3% on a comparable basis*), as double-digit growth in the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses and mid-single-digit growth in the Personal Health businesses were largely offset by a double-digit decline in the Connected Care businesses. Sales in other mature geographies decreased by 3% on a nominal basis and were in line with 2020 on a comparable basis*). Mid-single-digit comparable sales growth*) in the Personal Health businesses and Diagnosis & Treatment businesses was partly offset by a double-digit decline in the Connected Care businesses.

Sales in growth geographies in 2021 increased by 1% on a nominal basis and 3% on a comparable basis*), with double-digit growth in the Personal Health businesses and high-single-digit growth in the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses, partly offset by a double-digit decline in the Connected Care businesses. The mid-single-digit comparable sales growth*) was driven by double-digit growth in India, high-single-digit growth in Russia & Central Asia, and mid-single-digit growth in Central & Eastern Europe and Latin America.

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

Philips Group

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses sales

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Western Europe1,5861,5891,743
North America3,2142,9313,088
Other mature geographies851835849
Total mature geographies5,6515,3555,681
Growth geographies2,8342,8202,954
Sales8,4858,1758,635
Nominal sales growth10%(4)%6%
Comparable sales growth1)5%(2)%8%

Sales in growth geographies increased by 5% on a nominal basis in 2021, and on a comparable basis*) showed high-single-digit growth, driven by double-digit growth in Latin America, India and Central & Eastern Europe and mid-single-digit growth in China. Sales in mature geographies increased by 6% on a nominal basis and showed high-single-digit growth on a comparable basis*). Comparable sales*) increased, with double-digit growth in North America and high-single-digit growth in Western Europe.

Connected Care businesses

Philips Group

Connected Care businesses sales

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Western Europe7821,118771
North America2,6242,8822,606
Other mature geographies646723606
Total mature geographies4,0524,7243,983
Growth geographies622845609
Sales4,6745,5684,593
Nominal sales growth8%19%(18)%
Comparable sales growth1)3%22%(23)%

Sales in growth geographies decreased by 28% on a nominal basis in 2021, and on a comparable basis*) showed a double-digit decline, with a double-digit decline across most regions. Sales in mature geographies decreased by 16% on a nominal basis and showed a double-digit decline on a comparable basis*), with a double-digit decline in Western Europe and North America and a mid-single-digit decline in Japan.

Personal Health businesses

Philips Group

Personal Health businesses sales

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Western Europe798847887
North America956931935
Other mature geographies266189197
Total mature geographies2,0201,9662,019
Growth geographies1,4961,2071,391
Sales3,5163,1733,410
Nominal sales growth7%(10)%7%
Comparable sales growth1)5%(7)%9%

Sales in growth geographies increased by 15% on a nominal basis in 2021, and on a comparable basis*) showed double-digit growth, which was attributable to double-digit growth in Central & Eastern Europe, Russia & Central Asia and Latin America and mid-single-digit growth in China. Sales in mature geographies increased by 3% on a nominal basis, and on a comparable basis*) showed mid-single-digit growth, driven by mid-single-digit growth in Western Europe and North America.

Cost of sales

Philips Group

Cost of sales components

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 2019as a % of sales2020as a % of sales2021as a % of sales 
Costs of materials used4,19724.5%4,22124.4%4,14224.1%
Salaries and wages2,26113.2%2,31613.4%2,24513.1%
Depreciation and amortization5413.2%5913.4%4792.8%
Other manufacturing costs2,24913.1%2,36413.7%3,12318.2%
Cost of sales9,24953.9%9,49354.8%9,98858.2%

Cost of sales includes only expenses directly or indirectly attributable to the production process, such as cost of materials used, salaries and wages, depreciation and amortization of assets used in manufacturing, and other manufacturing costs (such as repair and maintenance costs related to production, expenses incurred for shipping and handling of internal movements of goods, and other expenses related to manufacturing).

Philips’ cost of sales increased by EUR 495 million to EUR 9,988 million in 2021, compared to EUR 9,493 million in 2020, mainly due to the field action provision of EUR 719 million in connection with the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification in the Sleep & Respiratory Care business reflected in other manufacturing costs. Other key factors influencing cost of sales were as follows:

  • Costs of materials used decreased by EUR 79 million in 2021, mainly driven by productivity savings and a positive foreign currency impact, partly offset by the impact of increases in procurement and supply chain costs.
  • Salaries and wages decreased by EUR 71 million in 2021, driven by productivity and restructuring savings, partly offset by acquisitions. 
  • Depreciation and amortization decreased by EUR 112 million in 2021, mainly due to lower impairments of technology assets of EUR 55 million compared to EUR 92 million in 2020.

Gross margin

In 2021, Philips’ gross margin was EUR 7,168 million, or 41.8% of sales, compared to EUR 7,820 million, or 45.2% of sales, in 2020. The year-on-year decrease in gross margin was mainly driven by the field action provision of EUR 719 million (representing 4.2% of sales) in connection with the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification in the Sleep & Respiratory Care business.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses amounted to EUR 4,258 million, or 24.8% of sales, in 2021, compared to EUR 4,054 million, or 23.4% of sales, in 2020. The year-on-year increase in selling expenses of EUR 204 million was driven by the acquisitions of BioTelemetry and Capsule Technologies and higher investments in advertising and promotion, partly offset by a positive foreign currency impact and lower restructuring costs. Selling expenses include restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges of EUR 140 million in 2021, compared to EUR 133 million in 2020.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses amounted to EUR 599 million, or 3.5% of sales, in 2021, compared to EUR 630 million, or 3.6% of sales, in 2020. The year-on-year decrease of EUR 31 million in general and administrative expenses was mainly driven by lower restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges. 

Research and development expenses

Research and development costs were EUR 1,806 million, or 10.5% of sales, in 2021, compared to EUR 1,822 million, or 10.5% of sales, in 2020. The year-on-year decrease of EUR 16 million was mainly driven by lower restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges. 2021 includes EUR 101 million of restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges, compared to EUR 131 million in 2020.

Philips Group

Research and development expenses

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Diagnosis & Treatment928891910
Connected Care463549548
Personal Health195189185
Other204194163
Philips Group1,7901,8221,806
As a % of sales10.4%10.5%10.5%

Net income, Income from operations (EBIT) and Adjusted EBITA*)

Net income is not allocated to segments, as certain income and expense line items are monitored on a centralized basis, resulting in them being shown on a Philips Group level only.

The following overview shows Income from operations and Adjusted EBITA*) by segment.

Philips Group

Income from operations and Adjusted EBITA1)

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

 Income from operationsas a % of salesAdjusted EBITA1)as a % of sales
2021    
Diagnosis & Treatment94110.9%1,07112.4%
Connected Care(732)(15.9)%48810.6%
Personal Health58517.2%59917.6%
Other(242) (105) 
Philips Group5533.2%2,05412.0%
2020    
Diagnosis & Treatment4976.1%81810.0%
Connected Care71112.8%1,19821.5%
Personal Health35611.2%42613.4%
Other(300) (165) 
Philips Group1,2647.3%2,27713.2%
2019    
Diagnosis & Treatment6607.8%1,07812.7%
Connected Care2695.8%62013.3%
Personal Health58916.8%67219.1%
Other(152) (100) 
Philips Group1,3668.0%2,27013.2%

Net income in 2021 increased by EUR 2.1 billion compared to 2020, mainly driven by the gain on the sale of the Domestic Appliances business, partly offset by the EUR 719 million field action provision.

Income from operations in 2021 amounted to EUR 553 million, or 3.2% of sales, compared to EUR 1,264 million, or 7.3% of sales, in 2020, mainly impacted by the EUR 719 million field action provision. Adjusted EBITA*) in 2021 was EUR 2,054 million and the margin amounted to 12.0%, compared to EUR 2,277 million and a margin of 13.1%, due to a decline in sales and the impact of supply chain headwinds, partly offset by productivity measures.

Amortization and goodwill impairment charges in 2021 were EUR 337 million. This includes a charge of EUR 13 million related to an impairment of goodwill and amortization charges of EUR 55 million related to an impairment of a technology asset. In 2020, amortization and goodwill impairment charges were EUR 521 million and included a charge of EUR 144 million related to an impairment of goodwill in the Connected Care segment, as well as amortization charges of EUR 92 million related to an impairment of a technology asset.

Restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges in 2021 were EUR 1,164 million. This includes a field action provision of EUR 719 million in connection with the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification, provisions for quality actions of EUR 94 million and other matters of EUR 53 million in the Connected Care businesses, restructuring charges of EUR 80 million, acquisition-related charges of EUR 102 million partly offset by a EUR 87 million gain related to the re-measurement of contingent consideration liabilities, a loss of EUR 76 million related to a divestment, and separation costs of EUR 64 million related to the Domestic Appliances business. 2021 also includes a release of a legal provision of EUR 38 million, a gain of EUR 33 million related to a minority participation, and a benefit from the re-measurement of environmental liabilities of EUR 22 million. 2020 charges were EUR 494 million and included EUR 200 million of restructuring charges, EUR 95 million of acquisition-related charges offset by a EUR 101 million gain related to the re-measurement of a contingent consideration liability, EUR 31 million related to impairments of capitalized development costs, EUR 43 million of charges due to changes in ventilator demand, EUR 42 million of separation costs related to the Domestic Appliances business, a EUR 38 million provision related to legal matters, and EUR 21 million related to pension liability de-risking in the US.

Income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders per common share (in EUR) - diluted, was EUR 0.67 in 2021, compared to EUR 1.08 in 2020. Adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders per common share (in EUR) - diluted*) was EUR 1.65 in 2021, compared to EUR 1.74 in 2020.

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

Income from operations in 2021 increased to EUR 941 million, compared to EUR 497 million in 2020. This was primarily due to sales growth and productivity measures. These factors also resulted in an increased Adjusted EBITA*), which was 12.4% of sales in 2021.

Amortization and goodwill impairment charges in 2021 were EUR 155 million and include EUR 55 million of charges related to an impairment of a technology asset in Image-Guided Therapy. 2020 charges were EUR 209 million and included EUR 92 million of charges related to an impairment of a technology asset in Image-Guided Therapy.

Restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges in 2021 amounted to a gain of EUR 25 million and include restructuring charges of EUR 44 million, acquisition-related charges of EUR 48 million offset by a EUR 85 million gain related to the re-measurement of contingent consideration liabilities, and a release of a legal provision of EUR 38 million. 2020 charges were EUR 112 million and included EUR 57 million of restructuring charges, EUR 73 million of acquisition-related charges offset by a EUR 101 million gain related to the re-measurement of a contingent consideration liability, EUR 38 million related to legal matters, and a EUR 31 million impairment of capitalized development costs.

Connected Care businesses

Income from operations in 2021 decreased to EUR (732) million, compared to EUR 711 million in 2020. This was mainly due to the decline in sales and the impact of the Respironics recall on the Sleep & Respiratory Care business. These factors also impacted Adjusted EBITA*), which was 10.6% of sales in 2021.

Amortization and goodwill impairment charges in 2021 were EUR 161 million and include EUR 13 million impairment of goodwill related to the divested Personal Emergency Response Services (PERS) and Senior Living business. 2020 charges were EUR 278 million and included a EUR 144 million impairment of goodwill related to the Population Health Management business.

Restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges in 2021 were EUR 1,058 million and include a field action provision of EUR 719 million in connection with the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification, EUR 93 million of restructuring and acquisition-related charges, provisions for quality actions of EUR 94 million and other matters of EUR 53 million, and a gain of EUR 33 million related to a minority participation. 2020 charges were EUR 209 million and included restructuring charges of EUR 76 million, acquisition-related charges of EUR 22 million, and charges of EUR 43 million due to changes in ventilator demand.

Personal Health businesses

Income from operations in 2021 increased to EUR 585 million, compared to EUR 356 million in 2020. This was mainly driven by sales growth and productivity measures, partly offset by higher investments in advertising & promotion. These factors also resulted in an increased Adjusted EBITA*), which was 17.6% of sales.

Amortization charges in 2021 were EUR 15 million and include amortization charges related to intangible assets in Mother & Child Care. 2020 charges were EUR 16 million and included amortization charges related to intangible assets in Mother & Child Care.

Restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges in 2021 were not material. 2020 charges were EUR 55 million and included restructuring charges of EUR 31 million.

Other

In Other we report on the items Innovation, IP Royalties, Central costs and Other.

Income from operations in 2021 was EUR (242) million, compared to EUR (300) million in 2020. Adjusted EBITA*) in 2021 was EUR (105) million, compared to EUR (165) million in 2020. Income from operations and Adjusted EBITA*) increased, mainly due to higher royalty income and lower charges related to environmental provisions, partly offset by investments, mainly in IT and Quality & Regulatory affairs.

Restructuring, acquisition-related and other charges in 2021 were EUR 131 million and include a loss of EUR 76 million related to a divestment and EUR 64 million of separation costs related to the Domestic Appliances business, partly offset by a benefit from the re-measurement of environmental liabilities of EUR 22 million. 2020 charges were EUR 118 million and included restructuring charges of EUR 37 million, EUR 42 million of separation costs related to the Domestic Appliances business, and EUR 21 million related to pension liability de-risking in the US.

Financial income and expenses

A breakdown of Financial income and expenses is presented in the following table.

Philips Group

Financial income and expenses

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Interest expense, net(171)(160)(141)
Sale of securities22-
Net change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss1712995
Other34(15)6
Financial income and expenses(119)(44)(39)

Financial income and expenses resulted in an expense of EUR 39 million in 2021, compared to an expense of EUR 44 million in 2020. 2021 includes gains on the value of Philips' minority participations and higher net interest income. For further information, refer to Financial income and expenses.

Income taxes

Income taxes amounted to a benefit of EUR 103 million. The effective income tax rate in 2021 was (20.0)%, compared to 17.6% in 2020, mainly due to the impact from the recognition of tax assets and other tax benefits as a result of a business transfer during the year. 

Investment in associates

Results related to investments in associates improved from a loss of EUR 9 million in 2020 to a loss of EUR 4 million in 2021. The number of associates increased compared to 2020. Although gains were recorded in a number of investments in associates, these were more than offset by losses in the remainder.

Discontinued operations

Philips Group

Discontinued operations, net of income taxes

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Domestic Appliances2022062,698
Other(19)(10)13
Net income of Discontinued operations1831962,711

Discontinued operations consist primarily of the Domestic Appliances business and certain other divestments that were reported as discontinued operations. In 2021 the sale of the Domestic Appliance business resulted in an after-tax gain of EUR 2.5 billion.

For further information, refer to Discontinued operations and assets classified as held for sale.

Non-controlling interests

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests decreased from EUR 8 million in 2020 to EUR 4 million in 2021.

*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

4.4Acquisitions and divestments

Acquisitions

In 2021, Philips completed two acquisitions: BioTelemetry, which was completed on February 9, 2021, and Capsule Technologies, which was completed on March 4, 2021. The acquisitions of Vesper Medical and Cardiologs were closed at the beginning of 2022. Acquisitions in 2021 and prior years led to acquisition and post-merger integration charges of EUR 51 million in the Connected Care businesses.

In 2020, Philips completed three acquisitions, with Intact Vascular being the most notable. Acquisitions in 2020 and prior years led to acquisition and post-merger integration charges resulting in a gain of EUR 28 million in the Diagnosis & Treatment businesses and charges of EUR 22 million in the Connected Care businesses.

Divestments

In 2021, Philips completed three divestments. On September 1, 2021, Philips sold its Domestic Appliances business to a global investment firm Hillhouse Investment, resulting in a EUR 2.5 billion gain after tax and transaction-related costs; reported in Discontinued Operations.

In addition, Philips completed the divestment of the Personal Emergency Response Services (PERS) and Senior Living business on June 30, 2021, and on September 17, 2021, completed the divestment of a small business in segment Other. As part of the PERS divestment, Philips acquired shares in the buyer, Connect America Investment Holdings, LLC, with a value of EUR 40 million. The investment is classified as a financial asset measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI) and is reported as part of Other non-current financial assets. The divestment resulted in a loss of EUR 76 million, which is included in Other business expenses in our Statement of Income.

For details, please refer to Acquisitions and divestments.

4.5Changes in cash and cash equivalents, including cash flows

The movements in cash and cash equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021 are presented and explained in the following table and text.

Philips Group

Condensed consolidated cash flows statements

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Beginning cash and cash equivalents balance1,6881,4253,226
Net cash flows from operating activities1,8132,5111,629
Net cash flows from investing activities   
Net capital expenditures(891)(876)(729)
Other cash flows from investing activities378(391)(2,943)
Net cash flows from financing activities   
Treasury shares transactions(1,318)(297)(1,613)
Changes in debt114783(251)
Dividend paid to shareholders of the Company(453)(1)(482)
Other cash flow items(4)(57)62
Net cash flows discontinued operations981293,403
Ending cash and cash equivalents balance1,4253,2262,303

Net cash flows from operating activities

Net cash flows from operating activities amounted to EUR 1,629 million in 2021, compared to EUR 2,511 million in 2020. This decrease is mainly due to increased working capital and consumption of provisions, partly offset by lower income tax paid. Free cash flow*) amounted to EUR 900 million in 2021, compared to EUR 1,635 million in 2020.

In 2020, net cash flows from operating activities amounted to EUR 2,511 million, compared to EUR 1,813 million in 2019. Free cash flow*) amounted to EUR 1,635 million in 2020, compared to EUR 923 million in 2019.

Net cash flows from investing activities

Net cash flows from investing activities consist of net capital expenditures and other cash flows from investing activities.

In 2021, other cash flows from investing activities amounted to a cash outflow of EUR 2,943 million, mainly due to the acquisitions of BioTelemetry and Capsule Technologies amounting to EUR 2.8 billion. 

In 2020, other cash flows from investing activities amounted to a cash outflow of EUR 391 million, mainly due to the acquisition of Intact Vascular for EUR 241 million and investments in other non-current financial assets. 

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net cash flows from financing activities consist of treasury shares transactions, changes in debt, dividend paid and other cash flow items. 

In 2021, treasury shares transactions mainly included the share buyback activities, which resulted in EUR 1,613 million net cash outflow. Changes in debt mainly relates to short-term debt and lease repayments. Philips’ shareholders received a total dividend of EUR 773 million, including costs, of which the cash portion amounted to EUR 482 million.

In 2020, treasury shares transactions mainly included the share buyback activities, which resulted in EUR 297 million net cash outflow. Changes in debt included EUR 991 million cash inflow from the issuance of two new bonds under the EMTN program, partly offset by outflows related to lease payments. The 2019 dividend was distributed fully in shares in July 2020.

Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations

Philips Group

Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities11112985
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(14)3,319
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations981293,403

In 2021, net cash provided by discontinued operations was EUR 3,403 million and consisted primarily of the net cash inflow of EUR 3,319 million from the sale of the Domestic Appliances business on September 1, 2021.

In 2020, net cash provided by discontinued operations mainly related to the Domestic Appliances business, partly offset by advance income tax payments amounting to EUR 78 million. 

*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

4.6Financing

Condensed consolidated balance sheets for the years 2019, 2020 and 2021 are presented in the following table:

Philips Group

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Intangible assets12,12011,01214,287
Property, plant and equipment2,8662,6822,699
Inventories2,7732,9933,450
Receivables4,9094,5374,191
Assets classified as held for sale1317371
Other assets2,9103,0913,959
Payables(3,820)(3,854)(3,784)
Provisions(2,159)(1,980)(2,313)
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale-(30)(1)
Other liabilities(2,965)(3,015)(3,408)
Net asset employed16,64715,60919,151
    
Cash and cash equivalents1,4253,2262,303
Debt(5,447)(6,934)(6,980)
Net debt1)(4,022)(3,708)(4,676)
Non-controlling interests(28)(31)(36)
Shareholders' equity(12,597)(11,870)(14,438)
Financing(16,647)(15,609)(19,151)

4.7Debt position

Total debt outstanding at the end of 2021 was EUR 6,980 million, compared with EUR 6,934 million at the end of 2020.

Philips Group

Balance sheet changes in debt

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Additional leases under IFRS161,059132172
New borrowings/repayments short-term debt2316(25)
New borrowings long-term debt8471,06576
Repayments long-term debt(761)(298)(302)
Forward contracts(706)793(48)
Currency effects, consolidation changes and other170(221)175
Transfer to liabilities classified as held for sale(6) (3)
Changes in debt6261,48746

In 2021, total debt increased by EUR 46 million compared to 2020. The increase mainly comes from currency effects and consolidation changes, partly offset by net lease repayments and forward settlements. Repayments of long-term debt amounted to EUR 302 million. In February 2021, Philips entered into two bilateral loans amounting to a total of EUR 500 million that were repaid in September 2021. In addition, Philips issued commercial paper of EUR 300 million in May 2021 and EUR 150 million in July 2021 that was repaid in September 2021. Changes in payment obligations from forward contracts are mainly related to the forward contracts entered into of EUR 731 million relating to the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program announced on July 26, 2021, and EUR 90 million relating to the long-term incentive and employee stock purchase plans announced on May 19,2021. In addition, a total amount of EUR 745 million of forward contracts matured in 2021, which completed the settlement of the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program announced on January 29, 2019, and a total amount of EUR 123 million of forward contracts matured in 2021 relating to the long-term incentive and employee stock purchase plans announced on October 22, 2018 and January 29, 2020. These payment obligations are recorded as financial liabilities under long-term debt. Other changes, mainly resulting from currency effects, led to an increase of EUR 175 million.

In 2020, total debt increased by EUR 1,487 million compared to 2019. New borrowings of long-term debt included the net proceeds of EUR 991 million from the issuance of two new bonds under the EMTN program in 2020. Repayments of long-term debt amounted to EUR 298 million, mainly due to the repayment of leases. Changes in payment obligations from forward contracts mainly related to the forward contracts entered into of EUR 745 million to complete the remainder of the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program announced on January 29, 2019. In addition, Philips entered into forward contracts for a total amount of EUR 174 million in 2020 related to the long-term incentive and employee stock purchase plans announced on January 29, 2020, and a total amount of EUR 126 million of forward contracts matured relating to the company's long-term incentive and employee stock purchase plans announced on October 22, 2018. These payment obligations are recorded as financial liabilities under long-term debt. Other changes, mainly resulting from currency effects, led to a decrease of EUR 221 million.

At the end of 2021, long-term debt as a proportion of the total debt stood at 92.7% with an average remaining term (including current portion) of 6.0 years, compared to 82.3% and 6.3 years respectively at the end of 2020.

At the end of 2020, long-term debt as a proportion of the total debt stood at 82.3% with an average remaining term (including current portion) of 6.3 years, compared to 91% and 8.0 years respectively at the end of 2019.

For further information, please refer to Debt.

4.8Liquidity position

As of December 31, 2021, including the cash position (cash and cash equivalents), as well as its EUR 1 billion committed revolving credit facility, the Philips Group had access to available liquidity of EUR 3,303 million, versus gross debt (including short and long-term) of EUR 6,980 million.

As of December 31, 2020, including the cash position (cash and cash equivalents), as well as its EUR 1 billion committed revolving credit facility, the Philips Group had access to available liquidity of EUR 4,226 million, versus gross debt (including short and long-term) of EUR 6,934 million.

As of December 31, 2019, including the cash position (cash and cash equivalents), as well as its EUR 1 billion committed revolving credit facility, the Philips Group had access to available liquidity of EUR 2,425 million, versus gross debt (including short and long-term) of EUR 5,447 million.

Philips Group

Liquidity position

in millions of EUR

 201920202021
Cash and cash equivalents1,4253,2262,303
Committed revolving credit facilities/CP program1,0001,0001,000
Liquidity2,4254,2263,303
Listed equity investments at fair value151767
Short-term debt(508)(1,229)(506)
Long-term debt(4,939)(5,705)(6,473)
Net available liquidity resources(3,007)(2,691)(3,609)

Philips has a EUR 1 billion committed revolving credit facility which was signed in April 2017 and will expire in April 2024. The facility can be used for general group purposes, such as a backstop of its Commercial Paper Program.

The Commercial Paper Program amounts to USD 2.5 billion, under which Philips can issue commercial paper up to 364 days in tenor, both in the US and in Europe, in any major freely convertible currency. As of December 31, 2021, Philips did not have any loans outstanding under these facilities.

During the year 2020, Philips established a Euro Medium Term Note (EMTN) program which facilitates the issuance of notes for a total amount of up to EUR 10.0 billion. In 2021, Philips did not issue any new notes under the program. 

Additionally, as of December 31, 2021 Philips held EUR 67 million of listed (level 1) equity investments at fair value in common shares of companies in various industries. Refer to Other financial assets and Fair value of financial assets and liabilities.

In terms of liquidity the company has a solid liquidity position and the company's liquidity risk management procedures have not changed significantly during 2021 because of COVID-19. No significant concentration risks have been identified as a result of COVID-19 and the access to existing lines of credit remains intact. These lines of credit, along with other financial risks to which Philips is exposed, are disclosed in Details of treasury and other financial risks. Further, with respect to Respironics field action, please refer Contingent assets and liabilities. The management continues to monitor the risks associated with such potential claims and its impact on liquidity position, if any.

Philips’ existing long-term debt is rated A- (with stable outlook) by Fitch, Baa1 (with stable outlook) by Moody’s, and BBB+ (with stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s. As part of our capital allocation policy, our net debt*) position is managed with the intention of retaining our current investment grade credit rating. Ratings are subject to change at any time and there is no assurance that Philips will be able to achieve this goal. Philips' aim when managing the net debt*) position is dividend stability and a pay-out ratio of 40% to 50% of adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders*).  Philips’ outstanding long-term debt and credit facilities do not contain financial covenants. Adverse changes in the company’s ratings will not trigger automatic withdrawal of committed credit facilities or any acceleration in the outstanding long-term debt (provided that the USD-denominated bonds issued by Philips in March 2008 and 2012 contain a ‘Change of Control Triggering Event’ and the EUR-denominated bonds contain a ‘Change of Control Put Event’). A description of Philips’ credit facilities can be found in Debt.

Philips Group

Credit rating summary

 long-termshort-termoutlook
FitchA- Stable
Moody'sBaa1P-2Stable
Standard & Poor'sBBB+A-2Stable

Philips pools cash from subsidiaries to the extent legally and economically feasible. Cash not pooled remains available for local operational needs or general purposes. The company faces cross-border foreign exchange controls and/or other legal restrictions in a few countries, which could limit its ability to make these balances available on short notice for general use by the group.

Philips believes its current liquidity and direct access to capital markets is sufficient to meet its present financing needs.

*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

4.9Shareholders’ equity

In 2021, shareholders’ equity increased by EUR 2,568 million to EUR 14,438 million at year-end. The increase was mainly due to net income of EUR 3,323 million and currency translation gains of EUR 1,117 million, primarily due to the appreciation of the US dollar against the euro in 2021. This was partly offset by the dividend distributed (EUR 482 million), settlements of earlier concluded forward contracts (EUR 869 million) and the share repurchases made in the open market (EUR 758 million).

In 2020, shareholders’ equity decreased by EUR 727 million to EUR 11,870 million at year-end. The increase in the net income of EUR 1,195 million, as well as the impact of the accounting for share-based compensation plans, including the effect of related hedging transactions through share call options (in aggregate EUR 112 million), increased shareholders’ equity. This was largely offset by currency translation losses of EUR 1,037 million, primarily due to the depreciation of the US dollar against the euro in 2020, the purchase of forward contracts for the completion of the share buyback program (EUR 793 million), settlements of earlier concluded forward contracts (EUR 126 million) and the share repurchases made in the open market (EUR 130 million).

Share capital structure

The number of issued common shares of Royal Philips at December 31, 2021 was 883,898,696. At year-end 2021, the company held 13.7 million shares in treasury.  Of these shares, 5.7 million shares were held to cover obligations under long-term incentive plans, and 8.0 million shares were held for share capital reduction purposes. In 2016, Philips purchased call options on its own shares to hedge options granted to employees up to 2013, and on December 31, 2021, Philips’ outstanding options related to 0.4 million shares. In 2021 (and earlier years), the company entered into several forward contracts to acquire its own shares, and on December 31, 2021, the outstanding forward contracts related to 25,071,218 shares. See below for more information on the shares that were acquired in the course of 2021. Philips issued 6,345,968 shares in June 2021 (in order to distribute the 2020 dividend). The company cancelled 33.5 million shares in December 2021.

The number of issued common shares of Royal Philips at December 31, 2020 was 911,053,001. At year-end 2020, the company held 5.9 million shares in treasury. All of these shares were held in treasury to cover obligations under long-term incentive plans. In 2016, Philips purchased call options on its own shares to hedge options granted to employees up to 2013, and on December 31, 2020, Philips' outstanding options related to 0.9 million shares. In 2020 (and earlier years), the company entered into several forward contracts to acquire its own shares, and on December 31, 2020, the outstanding forward contracts related to 27 million shares. See below for more information on the shares that were acquired in the course of 2020. Philips issued 48,757 shares in May 2020 (in order to pay out the gross Annual Incentive over 2019 to the members of the Board of Management) and issued 18 million shares in July 2020 (in order to distribute the 2019 dividend). The company cancelled 3.8 million shares in June 2020.

Share repurchase methods for long-term incentive plans and capital reduction purposes

Historically, Philips uses different methods to repurchase shares in its own capital: (i) share buyback repurchases in the open market via an intermediary; (ii) repurchase of shares via forward contracts for future delivery of shares; and (iii) the unwinding of call options on own shares. During 2021, Philips used methods (i) and (ii) to repurchase shares for capital reduction purposes and methods (ii) and (iii) to repurchase shares for share-based compensation plans. 

The open market transactions via an intermediary allow for buybacks during both open and closed periods. 

Philips Group

Impact of share repurchase on share count

in thousands of shares as of December 31

 20172018201920202021
Shares issued940,909926,196896,734911,053883,899
Shares in treasury14,71712,0115,7605,92513,717
Shares outstanding926,192914,184890,974905,128870,182
Shares repurchased19,84231,99440,3908,67045,486
Shares cancelled 24,24738,5413,81033,500

Philips Group

Total number of shares repurchased

in thousands of shares unless otherwise stated

 share repurchases related to shares acquired for capital reductionaverage price paid per share in EURshares acquired for LTI'saverage price paid per share in EURtotal number of shares purchased1)average price paid per share in EURtotal number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs2)3)4)approximate value of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs in thousands of EUR
January 2021       981,793
February 2021       981,793
March 2021  24845.4124845.41 981,793
April 2021  -    981,793
May 2021  -    1,071,497
June 20212,50033.64- 2,50033.642,500987,405
July 2021-      1,218,544
August 2021-      1,468,544
September 20212,50033.63  2,50033.632,5001,634,479
October 20219,41037.631,75035.2811,16037.2611,1601,324,257
November 202114,54137.591,99935.7616,54037.3716,2911,098,155
December 202112,53934.61  12,53934.6112,539933,871
Total41,490 3,997 45,48636.2144,990 
of which5)        
purchased in the open market21,014   21,014 21,014 
acquired through exercise of call options/settlement of forward contracts20,476 3,997 24,473 23,976 
To be acquired through settlement of forward contracts after December 31, 2021       933,871

4.10Cash obligations 

Contractual cash obligations

The following table presents a summary of the Group’s fixed contractual cash obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2021. These amounts are an estimate of future payments, which could change as a result of various factors such as a change in interest rates, foreign exchange, contractual provisions, as well as changes in our business strategy and needs. Therefore, the actual payments made in future periods may differ from those presented in the following table:

Philips Group

Contractual cash obligations

 in millions of EUR

  Payments due by period
 totalless than 1 year1-3 years3-5 yearsafter 5 years
Long-term debt1)7,2332461,9951,9243,068
Lease obligations1,333280397238417
Short-term debt4747   
Derivative liabilities20887121 
Purchase obligations2)6542373059912
Trade and other payables1,8721,872   
Contractual cash obligations11,3472,7682,8192,2613,498

Philips has contracts with investment funds where it committed itself to make, under certain conditions, capital contributions to these funds of an aggregated remaining amount of EUR 104 million (2020: EUR 132 million). As of December 31, 2021, capital contributions already made to these investment funds are recorded as non-current financial assets.

Philips offers voluntary supply chain finance programs with third parties, which provide participating suppliers with the opportunity to factor their trade receivables at the sole discretion of both the suppliers and the third parties. Philips continues to recognize these liabilities as trade payables and settles them accordingly on the invoice maturity date based on the terms and conditions of these arrangements. As of December 31, 2021, approximately EUR 139 million (2020: EUR 227 million) of the Philips accounts payable were transferred under these arrangements.

Other cash commitments

The company and its subsidiaries sponsor post-employment benefit plans in many countries in accordance with legal requirements, customs and the local situation in the countries involved. For a discussion of the plans and expected cash outflows, please refer to Post-employment benefits.

The company had EUR 66 million restructuring-related provisions by the end of 2021, of which EUR 58 million is expected to result in cash outflows in 2022. Refer to Provisions for details of restructuring provisions.

Please refer to Dividend for information on the proposed dividend distribution.

In 2021, Philips entered into a total amount of EUR 731 million of forward contracts relating to the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program announced on July 26, 2021, with maturity dates in 2022, 2023 and 2024. A total amount of EUR 745 million of forward contracts matured in 2021, which completed the settlement of the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program announced on January 29, 2019. As the program was initiated for capital reduction purposes, Philips intends to cancel all of the shares acquired under the program.

Please refer to Equity for information on other Long-term incentive and employee stock purchase plans.

Guarantees

Philips’ policy is to provide guarantees and other letters of support only in writing. Philips does not provide other forms of support. The total fair value of guarantees recognized on the balance sheet amounts to EUR nil million for both 2020 and 2021. Remaining off-balance-sheet business-related guarantees on behalf of third parties and associates decreased by EUR 14 million during 2021 to EUR 2 million (December 31, 2020: EUR 16 million).

4.11Dividend

Dividend policy

Philips’ dividend policy is aimed at dividend stability and a pay-out ratio of 40% to 50% of adjusted income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders*)

Proposed distribution

A proposal will be submitted to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on May 10, 2022, to declare a distribution of EUR 0.85 per common share, in cash or shares at the option of the shareholder, against the net income of 2021.

If the above dividend proposal is adopted, the shares will be traded ex-dividend as of May 12, 2022 at the New York Stock Exchange and Euronext Amsterdam. In compliance with the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and Euronext Amsterdam, the dividend record date will be May 13, 2022.

Shareholders will be given the opportunity to make their choice between cash and shares between May 16 and June 3, 2022. If no choice is made during this election period, the dividend will be paid in cash. The number of share dividend rights entitled to one new common share will be determined based on the volume-weighted average price of all traded common shares Koninklijke Philips N.V. at Euronext Amsterdam on June 1, 2 and 3, 2022. The company will calculate the number of share dividend rights entitled to one new common share (the ratio), such that the gross dividend in shares will be approximately equal to the gross dividend in cash. The ratio and the number of shares to be issued will be announced on June 7, 2022. Payment of the dividend (up to EUR 744 million) and delivery of new common shares, with settlement of fractions in cash, if required, will take place from June 8, 2022. The distribution of dividend in cash to holders of New York Registry shares will be made in USD at the USD/EUR rate as per WM/ Reuters FX Benchmark 2 PM CET fixing of June 6, 2022.

 ex-dividend daterecord datepayment date
Euronext AmsterdamMay 12, 2022May  13, 2022June 8, 2022
New York Stock ExchangeMay 12, 2022May 13, 2022June 8, 2022

Further details will be given in the agenda for the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. The proposed distribution and all dates mentioned remain provisional until then.

Dividend in cash is in principle subject to 15% Dutch dividend withholding tax, which will be deducted from the dividend in cash paid to the shareholders. Dividend in shares paid out of net income and retained earnings is subject to 15% dividend withholding tax, but only in respect of the par value of the shares (EUR 0.20 per share). Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisor on the applicable situation with respect to taxes on the dividend received.

In June 2021, Philips settled a dividend of EUR 0.85 per common share, representing a total value of EUR 773 million including costs. Shareholders could elect for a cash dividend or a share dividend. Approximately 38% of the shareholders elected for a share dividend, resulting in the issuance of 6,345,968 new common shares, leading to a 0.7% dilution. The dilution caused by the newly issued dividend shares was more than offset by the cancellation of 33.5 million shares in December 2021. For more information refer to Shareholders’ equity. The settlement of the cash dividend involved an amount of EUR 482 million (including costs).

Dividends and distributions per common share

The following table sets forth in euros the gross dividends on the common shares in the fiscal years indicated (from prior-year profit distribution) and such amounts as converted into US dollars and paid to holders of shares of the New York Registry:

Philips Group

Gross dividends on the common shares

 20172018201920202021
in EUR0.800.800.850.850.85
in USD0.900.940.960.951.03
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

4.12Analysis of 2020 compared to 2019

The analysis of the 2020 financial results compared to 2019, and the discussion of the critical accounting policies, have not been included in this Annual Report. These sections are included in Philips’ Form 20-F for the financial year 2021, which will be filed electronically with the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

At a glance
Environmental, Social and Governance

1.67 billion lives improved by our products and solutions

Carbon-neutral in our operations

Support to supply chain partners to decarbonize

Circular revenues at 16% of sales

CDP 'A List' rating for action against climate change for 9th consecutive year 

Runner-up with honorable mention in Dutch Tax Transparency Benchmark

5Environmental, Social and Governance

Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) are the three key dimensions within which a company’s approach to doing business responsibly and sustainably, and its overall societal impact, are defined. They give expression to an increasingly widely held view – that companies that hold themselves accountable to their stakeholders and increase transparency will be more viable, and valuable, in the long term. 

Philips is a purpose-driven company aiming to improve the health and well-being of 2.5 billion people annually by 2030. We believe that private-sector companies like ours have a vital role to play in collaborating with other partners across our supply chain, and with private and public organizations in society, to address the major challenges the world is facing. 

Taking a multi-stakeholder approach, we draw inspiration from the societal impact we can have through our products and solutions, and through how we operate in the world. Our company is very conscious of our responsibility and our contribution to society and the environment. 

We aim to be a front-runner in the area of ESG and have been recognized as leading the way in, for example, sustainability, corporate governance practices and tax transparency. 

Our reporting is aligned with the comprehensive and integrated Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) commitments we have adopted for the period 2020-2025.

We have excluded the data from Domestic Appliances from the ESG information wherever possible. In a limited number of cases, for example for road logistics emissions, we have used proxies. If Domestic Appliances information was not available for past years, and could therefore not be excluded, we have indicated this in the respective section. The EEI and GBP results have not been restated.

5.1ESG reporting framework

Building on our extensive experience of environmental and social impact measurement and of providing transparency on governance, Philips has taken an active role – in collaboration with, in particular, the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Foundation, the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the European Union – to help drive the evolution towards a standard ESG reporting framework.

In 2007, Philips signed up to the United Nations Global Compact, to advance ten universal principles in the areas of human rights, labor, the environment and anti-corruption. In 2017, at the WEF Annual Meeting in Davos, we signed the Compact for Responsive and Responsible Leadership – an initiative (initiated by WEF and Philips) to promote and align the long-term sustainability of corporations and the long-term goals of society, with an inclusive approach for all stakeholders. The WEF secured a commitment from over 140 CEOs to align their corporate values and strategies with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

In 2020, the WEF’s International Business Council (IBC) published its core set of Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics and disclosures. These can be used by companies to align their mainstream reporting on performance against environmental, social and governance (ESG) indicators and track their contributions towards the SDGs on a consistent basis. Thus far, 54 companies reported in line with this framework. Based where possible on existing standards, the full set is comprised as follows: 

  • Core metrics: A set of 21 more‑established or critically important metrics and disclosures that focus primarily on activities within an organization’s own boundaries. 
  • Expanded metrics: A set of 34 metrics and disclosures that tend to be less well‑established in existing practice and have a wider value chain scope or convey impact in a more sophisticated or tangible way, e.g. in monetary terms. 

The recommended metrics are organized under four pillars that are aligned with the SDGs and principal ESG domains: Principles of Governance, Planet, People and Prosperity. There is no intention to replace industry- or company-specific metrics (like our Lives Improved metric). Companies are encouraged to report against as many of the core and expanded metrics as they find material and appropriate, on the basis of ‘disclose or explain’. 

In section 5.6 of this Annual Report, we show how Philips performed in 2021 on the above-mentioned 21 Core metrics, mapped to the three dimensions of our ESG commitments, as well as a number of additional Philips-specific metrics that we consider fundamental to the strategy and operation of our business.

Philips is also contributing to the IFRS Foundation’s endeavors to drive standardization of non-financial reporting as well as the development of sustainability standards by the European Union.

EU taxonomy framework

The aim of the European Taxonomy Regulation (EU 2020/852), including the delegated acts adopted thereunder, is to provide companies, investors and policymakers with appropriate criteria for determining which economic activities can be considered environmentally sustainable, and it requires companies to report on how and to what extent their activities are associated with such ‘taxonomy-eligible activities’. The Taxonomy Regulation is relatively new and there are still significant uncertainties around its phased implementation. It is expected, however, that it will be developed into a comprehensive and detailed framework over the coming years.

The Taxonomy Regulation provides certain conditions for taxonomy alignment. Among others, the relevant activity must substantially contribute to one or more of the following six environmental objectives (while not significantly harming any of the others):

  1. Climate change mitigation
  2. Climate change adaptation
  3. The sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources
  4. The transition to a circular economy
  5. Pollution prevention and control
  6. The protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems

The delegated acts adopted under the Taxonomy Regulation will provide technical screening criteria which must also be met to constitute taxonomy alignment. On the date of this Annual Report 2021, only one relevant delegated act has been adopted, concerning activities significantly contributing to climate change mitigation and adaptation.

The taxonomy framework provisions effective on the date of this Annual Report 2021 require Philips to disclose the proportion of its taxonomy-eligible activities (described in any delegated act adopted to date) and non-eligible economic activities in its total turnover, capital and operational expenditure, as well as certain qualitative information. We used the delegated act ((EU) 2021/2139) to identify activities that are eligible. However, none of our revenue-generating activities were included as this delegated act only applies to sectors with very high CO2 emissions. As a result, Philips’ core activities are not within the scope of this delegated act and consequently none of Philips' revenues were eligible under this delegated act during 2021 (0%). All revenues were non-eligible (100%). We used delegated act (EU) 2021/2178 for the definition and calculation of the taxonomy-eligible percentages. Revenue is calculated based on ’Sales’ as per Consolidated statements of income. Philips expects to be eligible and report its taxonomy-eligible revenues under additional environmental objectives as further delegated acts with applicable technical screening criteria are adopted.

Some other (enabling) Philips activities are included in the delegated act ((EU) 2021/2139) and are eligible for capital expenditures for the objective of climate change mitigation. We therefore screened (EU) 2021/2139, assessed our capital expenditure and identified relevant activities mainly related to our real estate portfolio. For these activities, capital expenditures are determined based on the 2021 additions to property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and additions to right-of-use assets, excluding any re-assessments (refer to Property, plant and equipment and Intangible assets excluding goodwill).

Reportable taxonomy-eligible capital expenditures in 2021 amounted to EUR 10 million, or 1% of total capital expenditure (non-eligible capital expenditures 99%), and mainly related to energy efficiency improvement measures in our buildings (installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment), as well as onsite renewable electricity generation (installation, maintenance and repair of renewable energy technologies).

Similar to capital expenditures, we screened (EU) 2021/2139, assessed for relevant operational expenditures activities and have not identified any eligible operational expenditure. Total operational expenditures are determined based on the 2021 non-capitalized costs that relate to research and development, building renovation, short-term lease, maintenance and repair, and any other direct expenditures relating to day-to day servicing of property, plant and equipment.

In 2021, we did not record reportable taxonomy-eligible operational expenditures (0%), as, for example, the sourcing of renewable energy was not included in the Taxonomy. Non-eligible operational expenditures were 100%.

We followed the same accounting principles as in our financial statements.

Since the EU taxonomy is new, we will continue to monitor legislative developments and adapt our disclosures where needed.

5.2Philips' ESG commitments

In September 2020, Philips reinforced its commitments as a purpose-driven company with the announcement of an enhanced and fully integrated approach to doing business responsibly and sustainably. Philips’ framework comprises a comprehensive set of key commitments across all the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) dimensions that guide execution of the company’s strategy. It includes ambitious targets and detailed plans of action. 

“As a leading health technology company today, our purpose is to improve people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation, positively impacting 2 billion lives per year by 2025,” said Frans van Houten, CEO of Philips. “We aim to grow Philips responsibly and sustainably, and we therefore continuously set ourselves challenging environmental, social targets, and highest standards of governance. Acting responsibly towards the planet and society is part of our DNA. I am convinced that this is the best way for us to create superior, long-term value for Philips’ multiple stakeholders.” 

Philips’ ESG commitments are set out below. Further details relating to these commitments can be found throughout the rest of this chapter, in Supplier sustainabilityand in Sustainability statements.

Our key ESG commitments

Environmental 

We act responsibly towards our planet in line with UN SDGs 12 and 13. 

  • We will use 75% renewable energy in our operations by 2025. 
  • While maintaining carbon neutrality in our operations, we will reduce COemissions in our entire value chain in line with a 1.5 °C global warming scenario (based on Science Based Targets). We will actively partner with our suppliers and our customers to achieve this.
  • We will generate 25% of our revenue from circular products and solutions, and offer a trade-in on all professional medical equipment so that we can take care of responsible repurposing by 2025.
  • We will embed circular practices at our sites and put zero waste to landfill by 2025. 
  • All new product introductions will fulfill our EcoDesign requirements by 2025, with ‘Eco-Heroes’ accounting for 25% of revenues. 
  • We work with our suppliers to reduce the environmental footprint of our supply chain in line with a 1.5 °C global warming scenario (based on Science Based Targets). 
  • We engage with our stakeholders and other companies to drive sustainability efforts addressing the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.

Social 

Our purpose is to improve people’s health and wellbeing through meaningful innovation, in line with UN SDG 3. We act responsibly towards society and partner with our stakeholders 

  • We aim to improve the health and well-being of 2 billion people per year by 2025, including 300 million people in underserved communities. 
  • It is our strategy to lead with innovative solutions along the health continuum – helping our customers deliver on the Quadruple Aim (better health outcomes, a better experience for patients and staff, lower cost of care) and helping people take better care of their health. 
  • We aim to be the best place to work for our employees, providing opportunities for learning and development, embracing diversity and inclusion, and assuring a safe and healthy work environment. We pay at least a living wage and aim for employee engagement above the high-performance norm. 
  • Through our supplier development program we will improve the lives of 1,000,000 workers in our supply chain by 2025. 
  • We actively engage with and support the communities in which we operate, e.g. through volunteering, internships, STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics) initiatives. 
  • We contribute to the Philips Foundation, an independent foundation (stichting) organized under Dutch law, which aims to provide access to quality healthcare for disadvantaged communities. 
  • We consider our tax payments as a contribution to the communities in which we operate, as part of our social value creation.

Governance 

We aim to deliver superior long-term value for our customers and shareholders, and we live up to the highest standards of ethics and governance in our culture and practices 

  • Our management structure and governance combines responsible leadership and independent supervision. 
  • The Philips Business System is our integrated operating model. It defines how we work together to delight our customers and achieve our company goals, leveraging our global scale and capabilities. 
  • We are committed to delivering the highest-quality products, services and solutions compliant with all applicable laws and standards. 
  • Our remuneration policy is designed to encourage employees to deliver on our purpose and strategy and create stakeholder value, and to motivate and retain them. Our executive long-term incentive plan includes environmental and social commitments. 
  • We ensure ethical behavior through our General Business Principles, with a strong compliance and reporting framework. 
  • Our risk management is designed to provide reasonable assurance that strategic and operational objectives are met, legal requirements complied with, and the integrity of the company’s reporting and related disclosures safeguarded. 
  • We are transparent about our plans, activities, results and contributions to society (e.g. Country activity and Tax report), and engage with shareholders, customers, business partners, governments and regulators through a variety of platforms.

5.3Environmental performance

We launched our ESG commitments, with ambitious targets to be achieved by the end of 2025, in September 2020. Besides our social impact, focusing on SDG 3, described in the next section, we have an environmental impact through our global operations (including our supply chain), but even more so through our products and solutions. This is where we contribute to SDG 12 (Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns) and SDG 13 (Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts).

In this Environmental performance section, an overview is given of the most important environmental parameters of our ESG commitments. Details can be found in the Sustainability statements.

Environmental impact

Philips has been performing Life-Cycle Assessments (LCAs) since 1990. LCAs provide insight into the lifetime environmental impact of our products. They are used to steer our EcoDesign efforts by reducing the environmental impact during the lifetime of our products and to grow our Green/EcoDesigned and Circular Solutions portfolio. As a next step, for the fifth year, we have measured our environmental impact on society at large via a so-called Environmental Profit & Loss (EP&L) account, which includes the hidden environmental costs associated with our activities and products. It provides insights into the main environmental hotspots and innovation areas to reduce the environmental impact of our products and solutions.

The EP&L account is based on LCA methodology, in which the environmental impacts are expressed in monetary terms using conversion factors developed by CE Delft. These conversion factors are subject to further refinement and are expected to change over time. We used expert opinions and estimates for some parts of the calculations. The figures reported are Philips’ best possible estimates. As we gain new insights and retrieve more and better data, we will enhance the methodology, use-cases and accuracy of results in the future. For more information we refer to our methodology document.

The definition of the use-case scenarios has a significant impact on the result, especially for consumer products, which have large sales volumes, long lifetimes and frequently high energy consumption (e.g. haircare products). With the disentanglement of Domestic Appliances business, which manufactures energy consuming products like steam irons and AirFryers, the environmental impact of Philips reduced significantly.

The following table shows the impact of the Domestic Appliances business disentanglement on the 2020 EP&L.

Philips Group

EP&L in billions of EUR (after exclusion of Domestic Appliances business)

Original EP&L 20204.91
Changes Exclusion of Domestic Appliances business(2.59)
EP&L 2020 excluding Domestic Appliances
2.32

The current EP&L account only includes the hidden environmental costs. It does not yet include the benefits to society that Philips generates by improving people’s health and well-being through our products and solutions. We have a well-established methodology to calculate the number of lives we positively touch with our products and solutions. We aim to look into valuing these societal benefits in monetary terms in the future.

Results 2021

In 2021, Philips' environmental impact amounted to EUR 2.16 billion, compared to EUR 2.32 billion in 2020 (excluding Domestic Appliances business). This reduction was mainly driven by a change in product mix. The most significant environmental impact, 81% of the total, is related to the usage of our products, which is due to electricity consumption. Particulate matter formation, climate change, and acidification are the main environmental impacts, accounting for 43%, 27% and 18% of the total impact respectively. The environmental costs include the environmental impact of the full lifetime of the products that we put on the market in 2021, e.g. 10 years in the case of a medical system or 4 years of usage in the case of a Sonicare toothbrush. As we expand our EcoDesign activities, with a target to have all our products EcoDesigned by 2025, we expect the environmental impact to decrease.

Of the total 2021 impact, just EUR 106 million (5%) is directly caused by Philips’ own operations, mainly driven by outbound logistics, followed by business travel. Compared to EUR 115 million in 2020, this is an 8% reduction, mainly due to lower emissions from logistics and the phasing-out of fossil fuels.

Drawing or illustration

Our supply chain currently has an environmental impact of some EUR 289 million, which is 13% of our total environmental impact. The main contributors are the electronic components, cables and steel used in our products. Through our Circular Economy and Supplier Sustainability programs we will continue to focus on reducing the environmental impact caused by the materials we source and apply in our products.

In order to deliver on our carbon neutrality commitment, we have set ambitious reduction targets. In 2018, we were the first health technology company to have its 2020-2040 targets (including the use-phase of our products) approved by the Science Based Targets initiative – a collaboration between CDP (formerly Carbon Disclosure Project), the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC), the World Resources Institute (WRI) and the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) aimed at driving ambitious corporate climate action. Approval confirms that Philips’ long-term targets are in line with the level of decarbonization required to keep the global temperature increase below 2 °C. As a next step in our journey to reduce our environmental impact, and part of our ESG commitments launched in September 2020, we have committed to reduce our full value chain emissions in line with a 1.5 °C global warming scenario.

For more information on our efforts to reduce emissions in the supply chain, please refer to Supplier indicators.

For more information on our efforts to reduce emissions in the customer use-phase, please refer to Green/EcoDesigned Innovation and Green/EcoDesigned Revenues.

5.3.1Green/EcoDesigned Innovation

Research from the Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact research shows that over 4% of global CO2 emissions are caused by the Healthcare sector. We see a growing demand from our customers to reduce their environmental impact. Our Green/EcoDesigned Innovation – the Research & Development spend related to the development of new generations of Green/EcoDesigned products and solutions and Green technologies, addressing SDG 12 (Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns) – is focused on addressing that impact.

Sustainable Innovation is the Research & Development spend related to the development of new generations of products and solutions that address the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals 3 (Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages) or 12.

In 2021, Philips invested EUR 197 million in Green/EcoDesigned Innovation, a significant reduction compared to 2020 due to the completion of a  number of sizeable innovation projects in the course of 2021. We expect this spend to increase again in the years to come. In 2021, over EUR 1.5 billion was invested in Sustainable Innovation.

As the current EU Taxonomy delegated act only applies to sectors with highest CO2 emissions, Philips’ activities are not within the scope of this delegated act and consequently none of Philips' R&D investments were eligible under this taxonomy during 2021.

Philips Group

Green Innovation per segment

in millions of EUR

Chart visual

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

Philips develops innovative diagnosis and treatment solutions that support precision diagnosis and effective, minimally invasive interventions and therapy, while respecting the limits of natural resources. Investments in Green Innovation in 2021 amounted to EUR 96 million, compared to EUR 122 million in 2020.

All Philips EcoDesign/Green Focal Areas are taken into account as we aim to reduce environmental impact over the total lifecycle. Energy efficiency is an area of focus, especially for our large imaging systems such as MRI. Through circular-ready design, Philips also pays particular attention to enabling the upgrading and reuse pathways, so our customers can benefit from enhancements in workflow, dose management and imaging quality and availability of re-used service parts with the equipment they already own. Our Diagnosis & Treatment businesses actively support a voluntary industry initiative with European trade association COCIR to improve the energy efficiency and material efficiency of medical imaging equipment, as well as lowering its hazardous substances content. Moreover, we continued to actively partner with multiple leading care providers to investigate innovative ways to reduce the environmental impact of healthcare, for example by maximizing energy-efficient use of medical equipment and optimizing lifecycle value. Philips aims to close the loop on all medical equipment that becomes available to us by the end of 2025. To achieve this target, we actively drive trade-ins in markets where de-install, trade-in and reverse logistics capabilities are in place, and build these capabilities in countries that do not yet have them.

Connected Care businesses

Philips’ connected health IT solutions integrate, collect, combine and deliver quality data for actionable insights to help improve access to quality care, while respecting the limits of natural resources. It is our belief that well-designed e-health solutions can reduce the travel-related carbon footprint of healthcare, increase efficiency in hospitals, and improve access to care and outcomes. This has also become apparent during the COVID-19 crisis. Green/EcoDesigned Innovation investments in 2021 amounted to EUR 32 million, compared to EUR 51 million in 2020. Green Innovation projects in 2021 will deliver the coming years, among other things, new EcoDesigned patient monitors with lower environmental footprints, reflecting all the Philips EcoDesign/Green Focal Areas. Energy efficiency, material reduction and closing the loop activities are the main areas of focus.

Personal Health businesses

The continued high level of R&D investments at our Personal Health businesses is also reflected in the Green/EcoDesigned Innovation spend, which amounted to EUR 65 million in 2021, compared with EUR 80 million in 2020. The Personal Health businesses continued their work on improving the energy efficiency of their products, closing the materials loop (e.g. by using recycled materials in products and packaging), and the voluntary phase-out of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), brominated flame retardants (BFR), Bisphenol A (BPA) and phthalates from, among others, food contact products. More specifically, as part of our Fit for Future Packaging program, we launched the first plastic free packaging solution in our Personal Care portfolio for an online One Blade shaver.

Other

The segment Other invested EUR 4 million in Green/EcoDesigned Innovation, spread over projects focused on global challenges relating to water, air, energy, food, circular economy, and access to affordable healthcare.

Circular economy

For a sustainable world, the transition from a linear to a circular economy is essential. A circular economy aims to decouple economic growth from the use of natural resources and ecosystems by using these resources more effectively. It is a driver of innovation in the areas of material, component and product re-use, as well as new business models such as system solutions and services. At Philips, we have set ambitious targets to guide this journey. In 2020, as we announced our ESG commitments, we aimed, among other things, to generate 25% of our revenues from circular products and services, to extend our ‘closing the loop’ practices across all our medical products, and to further embed circular practices at our sites and send zero waste to landfill in our own operations. 

For more information on our Circular Economy activities and the progress towards targets in 2021, please refer to Circular Economy.

5.3.2Green/EcoDesigned Revenues

Green/EcoDesigned Revenues are generated through products and solutions that offer a significant environmental improvement in one or more Green Focal Areas – Energy efficiency, Packaging, Hazardous substances, Weight, Circularity, and Lifetime reliability – and thereby deliver a contribution to SDG 12 (Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns). Green/EcoDesigned Revenues amounted to EUR 12.1 billion in 2021, or 70.5% of sales (73.2% in 2020). This decrease is mainly attributable to lower Green/EcoDesigned revenues in the Connected Care businesses, in particular in Sleep & Respiratory Care.

As the current EU Taxonomy delegated act only applies to sectors with highest CO2 emissions, Philips’ activities are not within the scope of this delegated act and consequently none of Philips' revenues were eligible under this taxonomy during 2021.

Philips Group

Green Revenues per segment

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

Chart visual

Through our EcoDesign process we aim to create products and solutions that have significantly less impact on the environment over their whole lifecycle. Overall, the most significant improvements have been in energy efficiency and lower weight (thus less resources), although increased attention was also given to hazardous substances, packaging and recyclability in all segments in 2021, the latter driven by our Circular Economy initiatives.

Diagnosis & Treatment businesses

In 2021, no new main platforms were launched in our Diagnosis & Treatment businesses, after a significant expansion in 2020 with new Green/EcoDesigned Products – CT Incisive, Mobile X-Ray system Zenition 50 and 70 – and with redesigns of various Green/EcoDesigned Products offering further environmental improvements, such as the MR Ambition and Elition systems. Specific attention was paid to maintaining the Green/EcoDesigned status of the systems and on preparing for future EcoDesigned product launches.

Connected Care businesses

After several launches of new Green/EcoDesigned products in 2020, no new launches took place in 2021. Last year, our Connected Care businesses launched the following Green/EcoDesigned Products – VS30 and MX850 patient monitors, EV300 and EVO ventilators and the Intrepid HeartStart monitor & defibrillator. New EcoDesigned Products are expected in 2022 with improvements on all EcoDesign focal areas.

Personal Health businesses

In our Personal Health businesses, the focus is on Green/EcoDesigned Products and Solutions that meet or exceed our minimum requirements in the areas of energy consumption, packaging, substances of concern, and application of recycled plastics. Green/EcoDesigned Revenues in 2021 amounted to 84% of total sales, comparable to 2020. We continue to make progress in developing PVC/BFR-free products. More than 90% of our consumer product sales consist of PVC/BFR-free products, with the exception of power cords, for which there are not yet economically viable alternatives available. In our haircare portfolio we launched a new energy-efficient hairdryer saving 15% of energy consumption compared to its predecessor. 

5.3.3Sustainable Operations

Philips’ Sustainable Operations programs focus on the main contributors to climate change, recycling of waste, reduction of water consumption, and reduction of emissions.

Full details can be found in Sustainability statements.

Carbon footprint and energy efficiency

At Philips, we see climate change as a serious threat. Therefore, we are taking action to rethink our business models and decouple economic growth from the impact we have on the environment. We believe large corporates should lead the transition to a low-carbon economy. This will not only benefit the environment, but will also positively impact social and economic aspects.

During the COP 21 United Nations Climate Conference in Paris in 2015, we committed to become carbon-neutral in our operations, pursue all efforts to reduce our operational emissions, source all our electricity from 100% renewable sources, and offset all unavoidable emissions by year-end 2020. We are proud that, as of 2020, Philips is carbon-neutral in its operations. We delivered on this commitment as a result of a comprehensive program that included energy-efficiency improvements, on-site renewables, Power Purchase Agreements, but also business travel reduction and transport mode shifts to low-carbon emitting alternatives, and finally a carbon offset program.

We are proud that our efforts are acknowledged by the CDP (formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project), a global NGO that assesses the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission performance and management of reporting companies. In 2021, we were ranked on the CDP Climate Change 'A' List for our continued climate performance and transparency for the ninth consecutive year.

Having achieved our 2020 carbon neutrality target, we have raised the bar and set ambitious emission reduction targets to ensure we help limit the impact of global warming, not only in our operations, but throughout our value chain – collaborating with suppliers and customers to amplify our impact. That is why Philips has set new long-term emission reduction targets, which have been assessed and approved by the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) – locking down our commitment to drive climate action across the value chain and ensuring that we contribute to the decarbonization required to keep the global temperature increase below 1.5 °C. At COP 26, we announced our plan to step up our acclaimed supplier sustainability program with the goal of having at least 50% of our suppliers (based on spend) committing to science-based targets (SBTs) for CO₂ emissions reduction by 2025.

In 2021, our net operational carbon footprint resulted in zero kilotonnes carbon dioxide-equivalent (CO2-e), mainly driven by continued use of 100% electricity from renewable sources and a continuing reduction in air travel due to COVID-19, as well as a reduction in air freight. A total of 519 kilotonnes carbon dioxide-equivalent (CO2-e) were compensated via carbon offsets.

Philips reports all its emissions in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHGP) as further described in Scope.

Philips Group

Net operational carbon footprint

in kilotonnes CO2 -equivalent

Chart visual

In 2021, our operational carbon intensity (in tonnes CO2e/EUR million sales) increased slightly compared to 2020, as we recovered from COVID-19 restrictions. This does not include the acquired carbon offsets.

In our sites, we reduced our scope 1 (indirect) emissions by 12% compared to 2020, mainly driven by energy efficiency measures, our program to phase out fossil fuels, working from home, and mild winters. We continue to source 100% renewable electricity for all our sites globally. We have multiple Power Purchase Agreements in place to secure long-term delivery of renewable electricity. For instance, the Los Mirasoles wind farm in the US and the Krammer and Bouwdokken wind farms in the Dutch province of Zeeland. We closed the latter agreements with our renewable electricity purchasing consortium with Nouryon, DSM and Google, powering all our operations in the Netherlands. Combined with the Los Mirasoles wind farm, this covers some 50% of our total electricity demand. Moving forward, we aim to phase out fossil fuels from our sites. We already increased our renewable energy share to 74% in 2021, from 72% in 2020. Combined with the achieved energy reductions, this led to a 10% reduction in emissions from our energy consumption (scope 1 and scope 2 market-based) in 2021 compared to 2020.

In December 2020, Philips announced its next Power Purchase Agreement that will become operational in 2023, again in a purchasing consortium with Heineken, Nouryon and Signify, to power most of the remaining European sites with renewable electricity for the long term.

Our business travel emissions, covering emissions from air travel, lease cars and rental cars, increased by 3% compared to 2020. This is mainly due to the fact that more of our employees are using their lease cars again post-COVID-19. The remaining effects of COVID-19 also continued to keep these emissions low compared to pre-COVID-19 levels. We continue to electrify our lease fleet and to promote online collaboration post-COVID-19 in order to limit air travel, as well as moving to rail transport for shorter distances.

In 2021, we recorded a 1% increase in emissions in our overall logistics operations compared to 2020. We reduced overall emissions from air freight by 4%. Emissions from ocean freight decreased by 9%. We implemented new carrier-trade-lane specific emission factors from the Clean Cargo Working Group (CCWG), allowing us to quantify our ocean freight emissions more accurately. This has been applied for 2020 and 2021. Emissions from parcel shipments increased by 54%, as we shipped more parcels and moved specific carrier shipments from road to parcel in 2021. As a result, in the emissions from road transport decreased by 14%, mainly driven by the before mentioned move from road to parcel and reduced use of road freight in Asia Pacific in 2021 compared to 2020. We also continued to make transport mode shifts to low-carbon alternatives, mainly reducing the need for air freight.

Although reduction is key to achieving carbon neutrality, unavoidable carbon emissions required offsetting in order to gradually drive down our emissions to zero by year-end 2021. We did this by financing projects in emerging regions that have a strong link with UN Sustainable Development Goals 3 (Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages) and 12 (Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns). In 2021, we decreased offsets to 516 kilotonnes, equivalent to the annual uptake of approximately 15 million medium-sized oak trees. This covers the total emissions of our entire operations, covering all sites, all business travel and all logistics flows. We do this by financing carbon reduction projects through long-term carbon offsets in emerging regions that drive social, economic and additional environmental progress for the local communities, such as:

Providing access to safe drinking water while reducing wood consumption

This carbon-emission reduction project will provide millions of liters of safe drinking water in Uganda and will reduce the mortality risk from water-borne diseases. Additionally, less wood will be required for boiling water, leading to less indoor air pollution and slowing down the deforestation rate. To ensure quality, all offsets are verified under the Gold Standard.

Replanting degraded land while providing education on health matters

Planting trees will improve livelihoods and address issues such as deforestation, biodiversity loss, and adaptation to climate change and provide support and education including on HIV and malaria. To ensure quality, all offsets are verified under the VCS standard.

Protecting forests through sustainable production

Deforestation is reduced through promotion of sustainable businesses to protect the forest. Unsustainable harvest of fuelwood is reduced. The forest supports the supply of water to other parts of Ethiopia and neighboring countries. It is also the habitat of diverse and, in some cases, rare species. To ensure quality, all offsets are verified under the VCS standard.

Increasing employment through provision of sustainable energy

The energy supply gap is reduced through providing access to clean energy and related employment through wind generation in India. This enables an improvement in livelihoods. To ensure quality, all offsets are verified under the VCS standard.

Improving respiratory health and reducing deforestation through provision of clean cookstoves

Through supporting a range of cookstove technologies across Ghana and Kenya, the projects improve respiratory health, reduce fuel costs and reduce deforestation for fuel. This also enables more time for paid work thus improving prospects. To ensure quality, all offsets are verified under the Gold Standard.

Operational carbon footprint

Philips Group

Operational carbon footprint by scope

in kilotonnes CO2-equivalent unless otherwise stated

 20172018201920202021
Scope 13236323027
Scope 2 (market-based)66261433
Scope 2 (location-based)213200196173177
Scope 3757687622485489
Scope 3 - Transportation & Distribution 614 540 470 415 417
Scope 3 - Business Travel 143 147 152 70 72
Total (scope 1, 2 (market-based), and 3)1)855749668518519
Emissions compensated by carbon offset projects213314416518519
Net operational carbon emissions642435252--
           
Operational CO2e efficiency in tonnes CO2e/mln EUR sales55.347.239.029.930.3

For 2021, we updated our emission factors to the latest available sources to reflect the most accurate results. For more information, please refer to Scope. Historical emissions of our discontinued operations from our Domestic Appliances business have been excluded for all years. Where available, actual emission allocations were applied. Where business-specific emission data were not available, a spend allocation key was applied. Philips reports all its emissions in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHGP).


Energy consumption

Philips Group

Energy consumption1)

in terajoules (TJ) unless otherwise stated

 20172018201920202021
Total electricity consumption1,4931,5171,4541,3741,398
Fuel consumption508555495490442
Purchased heat, steam and cooling5562644552
Total energy2,0562,1342,0131,9091,892
      
Renewable electricity1,1181,3481,3761,3731,398
Renewable electricity share75%89%95%100%100%
Renewable energy share54%63%68%72%74%
Sales in millions of EUR15,45815,87817,14717,31317,156
Operational energy efficiency in TJ/mln EUR sales0.130.130.120.110.11

Water

Philips is not a water-intense company. However, a number of our manufacturing sites are located in water-stressed regions in, for example, USA (California), India and Israel. With the help of the WRI Aqueduct tool, the water withdrawn from areas with high baseline water stress were identified across all Philips industrial operations. It shows that around 16% of the industrial sites are located at Extremely High (>80%) baseline water stress areas. However, the impact from these operational sites is very limited, only amounting to 4% of Philips' total water withdrawal. 

Total water withdrawal in 2021 was 703,104 m3, a 13% increase compared to 2020 and a 1% reduction compared to 2019. Water consumption in 2020 was impacted by the government-mandated lockdowns and the working-from-home protocol – resulting in a significant reduction in water intake at several sites.

Diagnosis & Treatment, which consumes 48% of total water usage, recorded a 18% increase, mainly caused by the higher production volume at several sites and the introduction of a new water-intense manufacturing process. Personal Health recorded a 12% increase. This was mainly due to the increased production volume at a water-intensive manufacturing site in Asia. Connected Care showed an increase of 3%, due to changes in the organizational footprint.

Philips Group

Water withdrawal

in thousands of m3

 20172018201920202021
Diagnosis & Treatment312288295286337
Connected Care168161150116119
Personal Health224238265221247
Philips Group704687710623703

In 2021, 99.4% of water was purchased and 0.6% was extracted from groundwater wells.

Waste

In 2021, our manufacturing sites generated 22,204 tonnes of waste, a decrease of 29% compared to 2020, mainly driven by the reduced impact of our construction activities in different locations across the globe.

The Diagnosis & Treatment businesses reduced waste by 49%, mainly driven by a strong decrease in construction-related waste, which was partially offset by the waste generated by the increased production and newly reported reused materials, now constituting 45% of total waste. The Connected Care businesses reduced waste by 21% due to operational changes and a renovation project which was finished in 2020. Personal Health increased waste by 20% due to operational changes, increased production and reported reused materials, now constituting 43% of total waste.

Philips Group

Total waste

in tonnes

 20172018201920202021
Diagnosis & Treatment8,3198,3689,67519,7039,974
Connected Care3,8613,9624,0953,4752,753
Personal Health8,5738,8208,7587,9299,477
Philips Group20,75321,15022,52831,10722,204

Total waste consisted of waste that is delivered for landfill, incineration, waste to energy or recycling until 2020. We extended the scope with materials sent for reuse and other recovery in 2021.

Materials delivered for reuse, other recovery or recycling via an external contractor amounted to 19,044 tonnes, which equals 86% of the total waste. Of the 14% remaining waste, 79% comprised non-hazardous waste and 21% hazardous waste. We recorded 1,525 tonnes of waste prevented in our own activities in 2021.

Philips Group

Total waste by destination in tonnes

Waste generatedHazardous wasteNon-hazardous waste
Reuse2,08782,079
Recycling16,8361,71215,124
Other recovery1210121
Waste diverted from disposal by recovery operation19,0441,72017,324
Incineration (with energy recovery)2,2141662,048
Incineration (without energy recovery)692473219
Landfilling25422232
Waste directed to disposal by disposal operation3,1606612,499
Total waste generated22,2042,38119,823

Our sites addressed both the Circular Material Management percentage as well as waste sent to landfill, as part of our ESG commitments.

The Circular Material Management percentage has replaced the recycling percentage, and includes circular measures such as waste prevented, reuse and other recovery. The Circular Material Management percentage was 87% in 2021.

Our Zero Waste to Landfill KPI excludes one-time-only waste and waste delivered to landfill due to regulatory requirements. According to this definition, in 2021 we reported 19 tonnes of waste sent to landfill, a significant reduction of 96% compared to 2020. During 2021, one of our waste contractors informed us of an error in their administrative processes, as a result of which a small waste stream was incorrectly classified as recycled. In fact the waste stream was sent to landfill. This was remedied in the second half of 2021. As a result, all our 25 industrial sites achieved Zero Waste to Landfill status by the end of 2021.

Philips Group

Total waste by composition in tonnes

Waste generatedWaste diverted from disposalWaste directed to disposal
Paper/cardboard4,0434,0367
Wood3,8753,82352
Metal scrap3,5293,49930
General waste2,7811,2431,538
Chemical waste2,3931,716677
Plastic waste2,3871,935452
Demolition scrap1,7721,658114
Other1,4241,134290

Philips included reduction targets for the substances that are most relevant for its businesses in its ESG commitment. For more details on emissions from substances, please refer to Sustainable Operations.

5.4Social performance

Our people strategy and culture support a constantly evolving workforce capable of delivering strong business performance and executing our strategy. As such, we focus on developing our Workforce of the Future and delivering on our deep commitment to Inclusion & Diversity.

5.4.1Improving people’s lives

The lack of access to affordable, quality care is one of the most pressing issues of our time. Climate change is intensifying this situation and putting the lives of millions of people at risk. At Philips, we are conscious of our responsibilities towards society and the planet. It is our purpose to improve people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation. As such, we aim to improve the lives of 2.5 billion people a year by 2030. To ensure we remain on track to achieve this goal, we have developed an integrated approach, that tells us how many lives have been improved by our products and solutions in a given year. We call this our Lives Improved model.

The Lives Improved model helps us to track our performance on a country-to-country basis in line with UN Sustainable Development Goal 3,  allowing us to shape strategies to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.

In 2021, Philips improved 1.67 billion lives, an increase of around 140 million compared to 2020. This increase was driven by steady growth of all segments and the inclusion of new businesses such as IGT-Devices, EMR & Care Management and Enterprise Diagnostic Informatics, as well as the added contributions of our Philips Foundation and CSR projects.

From a market perspective, we saw significant growth mainly in Latin America (resulting from the inclusion of the EMR & Care Management business), Greater China, the Indian Subcontinent and Africa (mainly driven by the inclusion of Philips Foundation).

We have additional commitments to improve the lives of 300 million people in underserved communities with our health-related products by 2025, rising to 400 million by 2030. This commitment allows us to increase our focus on those populations where we can make a positive impact by providing access to effective and affordable healthcare for those in greatest need. By combining the strengths of Philips, Philips Foundation and its partners, we can provide better healthcare and improve health outcomes for all. In 2021, our health-related solutions improved the lives of 167 million people in underserved markets (an increase of 40 million compared to 2020).

In the course of 2021 we changed the definition of ‘lives improved’ (effective January 2021) to align more closely with our purpose. The new definition includes only products or solutions that contribute to people’s health and well-being, and no longer includes the contribution from our Green Products and Solutions that support a healthy ecosystem. Additionally, as we discontinued our Domestic Appliances business, we have removed the impact of this business from the 2021 Lives Improved results. The combined impact of these changes resulted in an overall drop of 223 million lives improved.

For more information, please refer to our Lives Improved methodology document.

Lives Improved per market

The following table shows the number of Lives Improved per market.

Philips Group

Lives improved per market

MarketLives Improved (million)1)Population (million)2)Saturation rate (as % of population)
Africa271,3242%
ASEAN & Pacific11099311%
Benelux252985%
Central & Eastern Europe7216544%
Germany, Austria & Switzerland7610176%
France396857%
Greater China4921,43634%
Iberia295751%
Indian Subcontinent801,6015%
Italy, Israel & Greece378245%
Japan4612637%
Latin America12264919%
Middle East & Turkey5937916%
Nordics192869%
North America35836897%
Russia & Central Asia4425118%
UK & Ireland357348%
Drawing or illustration

5.4.2Our culture

Culture is foundational to achieving our strategic ambitions. Our behaviors create a shared understanding of how we all need to act in order to live up to our purpose of improving the lives of people around the world. All Philips employees are expected to commit to living our behaviors – Customers first, Patient safety, quality and integrity always, Team up to win, Take ownership to deliver fast, and Eager to improve and inspire – every step of the way.

As we continue our transformation into a focused leader in health technology, we foster a culture within Philips that will help us achieve operational excellence and extend our solutions capability to address our customers’ unmet needs. Patient safety and quality are at the heart of our purpose. By fostering an inclusive and psychologically safe environment our people feel valued for who they are and for their contributions. As a health technology leader, the health and well-being of our people is imperative for success.

As work evolves during the COVID-19 pandemic, we are embracing a hybrid working model that offers greater flexibility and improved collaboration for better patient, customer and consumer outcomes, as well as enhanced employee well-being. From feedback shared by more than 10,000 employees in our ’office of the future’ survey, we learned that 68% of people want to work from home at least two days a week, while 72% emphasizes the need to meet physically in offices for effective connections. Our new ways of working are defined by three goals:

  • Embracing flexibility. Making innovative choices for how and where to work, allowing more autonomy for our employees.
  • Being at our best: Caring for ourselves, each other and our customers, patients and consumers. This means prioritizing our own well-being, as well as making time for personal growth and development.
  • Impactful collaboration: Creating moments to come together, supporting employees’ sense of connection and belonging, so we can build strong teams, generate ideas and solve problems.

All of the above underpins how we lead, engage, hire and develop our employees. We have been focusing on well-being, deepening our leadership asks into the organization and supporting our culture shift as a leading innovative, customer-focused health technology company.

We are building an organization that is fit for today and the future with the skills and capabilities needed to successfully deliver on our strategic imperatives. We attract, onboard and retain the best talent to accelerate our business transformation.

5.4.3Workforce of the Future

 

In 2021, the Workforce of the Future remained a key pillar of our People strategy. In a fast-changing landscape – with a need for evolving capabilities in support of our business transformation, as well as a need to adapt to the changes in the nature of work accelerated by the pandemic – our focus on the Workforce of the Future helps us to attract, develop and retain a workforce that will deliver the strategic capabilities needed to win.

We staff our positions based on assessed behavior, potential and capabilities. In 2021, we filled 72% of our Director-level and more senior positions from within the company. For these internal hires, we ensure our candidates are high performers with strong potential. In 2021, 68% of all internal promotions to Director level and more senior positions were realized by appointing top performers. We supplement this internal growth with targeted external hiring, bringing in employees with the behaviors and capabilities we require for our Workforce of the Future.

Strategic Capability Building

We apply an enterprise-wide Strategic Workforce Planning approach, which all businesses and markets adopt as part of the strategic planning cycle, to identify and develop the capabilities needed to realize our ambitions as a health technology company. This approach recognizes that capabilities are complex, with people, processes and systems being developed holistically. In 2021 we continued our focus on strategic positions and top talent and used the lens of strategic enterprise capabilities to focus our talent attraction, onboarding and development initiatives.

Total Workforce Strategy

We continue our Total Workforce Strategy, which considers all sources of skill, capabilities, locations and changes in the labor market in order to deliver the Workforce of the Future.

Our Right Shoring & Sourcing methodology is used to implement this strategy. This methodology steers improvements in workforce composition towards the ‘right shore’ (onshore, nearshore and offshore) and the ‘right source’ (employees, contingent workers and outsourced). The cost savings delivered by the program increased by 55% year-on-year

We extended our Freelance Management System in 2021 to cover India, on top of the Netherlands, Germany and the USA. By advertising opportunities for freelancers on our own Careers site alongside employee jobs, we now source 48% of all our freelancer hires ourselves, without having to go through staffing agencies.

Our Philips-wide Graduate Development Program (GDP) continues to perform well attracting 40 participants in 2021 - and expected to grow to over 300 in 2022. The GDP lasts two years and includes three job rotations, as well as offering the graduates a comprehensive learning and development track and career centers to help guide future steps.

We continue to drive campus hiring, with a 23% year-on-year increase in campus hires compared to 2020 amounting to 1,173 campus hires in 2021 (952 in 2020). Philips also offered meaningful work experience to 17% more interns than in 2020, and they formed a critical source of our graduate hires - with 53% of all graduate hires having been an intern with us.

More information on training and learning programs can be found in People development.

5.4.4Inclusion & Diversity

Philips’ commitment towards Inclusion & Diversity is reflected in our General Business Principles and the company-wide Inclusion & Diversity Policy and Fair Employment Policy that were updated and published in 2021.

The company continues to put in place measures to enhance diversity and inclusion at all levels within the organization, and to ensure that the diversity at senior management levels reflects the diversity of our stakeholders, including consumers, our customers and their patients.

To this end, Philips made a new commitment of 35% gender diversity in senior leadership positions by the end of 2025, raising the ambition from the original target of 30%. As of year-end 2021, the figure stands at 28%.

Philips Group

Gender diversity

in %1)

Chart visual

With diversity being part of Philips’ purpose and one of the three strategic pillars of our global People strategy, long-term Inclusion & Diversity ambitions are embedded in our training, our approach to new ways of working including hybrid working, and our focus on health and well-being. Additionally, our leadership development programs, how we listen and respond to employee feedback, and the transparency required to hire and promote talent of underrepresented groups are also in focus.

Execution is monitored through a diversity dashboard based on a global scorecard with specific goals. This drives accountability and focus, and empowers leaders to customize goals, hear the stories behind the numbers, and intervene where appropriate.

During 2021, further work was done to bring together and grow global initiatives and amplify inclusion around unconscious bias, health, well-being and energy management, to grow awareness, stimulate learning and increase the resilience of our employees in the face of the pandemic. These initiatives are building on the holistic, long-term approach that sustainable success stems from an inclusive environment in which everyone can be and bring their best self to work (#youareyou). They include, but are not limited to:

Gender parity
  • Building senior women mentoring programs to develop and retain senior female leaders across different levels, functions and markets
  • Our Diversity Council continues to accelerate change and increase leadership involvement.
Broadening diversity
  • Commitment to empower and increase the number of talents with a different race/ethnicity in leadership, starting in North America
Health & Well-being
  • Employee safety incidents (Total Recordable Cases) stood at 213, an increase versus 2020 but well below industry averages. COVID-19 continued to impact our associates, but no work-related deaths were recorded.
  • Addressing mental health and well-being with the continued roll-out of the global Employee Assistance program for employees and close dependents
  • Embedding and extending the Energy Management Program, helping employees to build resilience and address work/life rhythm
  • Offering further company-wide Mindfulness sessions and, across four key markets, an employee Mental Health Champion program, upskilling employees to offer confidential peer-to-peer guidance to support mental well-being.
Learning & Development
  • Continuing the deployment across the organization of tailor-made training to address unconscious bias
  • Providing globally available masterclasses, led by our leaders and international speakers on topics like Allyship, Privilege, Resilience and Psychological Safety
Creating belonging – #youareyou
  • The (virtual) global and local celebrations of International Women’s Day across 80 locations worldwide; World Health Day, Pride, and World Mental Health Day
  • A new global governance for our valued Employee Resource Groups (ERG) was launched, including an ERG Resource Center: offering active support to employees in setting up their own diverse and inclusive bottom-up networks. These include women’s networks, the Black Employees Resource Group in North America, an Asian employees’ network, and revival of the LGBTQ+ community. In 2021 we added the Middle Eastern Employee Resource Group, Future Leaders in Philips and Parents Club in the United States, a Benelux chapter of our Black Employee Resource Group, and a Global Care-givers Network, the latter as a direct response to the challenges experienced during the pandemic.
Recognition
  • Achieving Best Place to Work for LGBTQ+ Equality status, receiving a score of 100% on the Human Rights Campaign 2021 Corporate Equality Index. Listed on Forbes Best Diversity Initiatives and Equal Opportunity Magazine’s Top 50 employers.

5.4.5Employee engagement

In an environment of constant, rapid change, it is vital to stay connected and engaged with our people by continually checking in with and listening to them. Employee engagement and improving the experience of our people are pivotal to the success of our strategy. In 2021, employee engagement remained high at 79%, exceeding the Fortune 500 benchmark, despite the pandemic. This was driven by our people feeling proud to work for Philips, inspired to do their best work, and believing that Philips is a great place to work. It was further fostered by a focus on health & well-being, and employees feeling that they can be themselves and have the flexibility needed to enable a healthy work-life rhythm while meeting their career goals.

Philips Group

Employee Engagement index

 201920202021
Favorable74%79%79%
Neutral17%14%14%
Unfavorable9%7%7%

Our quarterly employee surveys help to keep our finger on the pulse of employee sentiment toward the company. We act upon our employees’ ideas for improvement and show them that their feedback is valued.

At Philips, we believe we perform at our best when we feel connected, supported and psychologically safe. Amidst the ongoing pandemic in 2021, we listened actively to our employees to provide them with greater clarity of direction and increased autonomy and flexibility to deal with challenging personal and work situations. Moreover, we strengthened our Health & Well-being programs with a focus on mental well-being, which is designed to help our employees to build resilience through conscious energy management, adopt a healthier lifestyle, and achieve a better work/life balance.

5.4.6Employment

The total number of Philips Group employees was 78,189 at the end of 2021, compared to 75,001 at the end of 2020, an increase of 3,188 FTE.

Philips Group

Employees per segment

in FTEs at year-end

 201920202021
Diagnosis & Treatment31,31132,19332,390
Connected Care14,89315,86617,751
Personal Health9,26410,25310,134
Other17,84416,68917,913
Philips Group73,31175,00178,189

Philips Group

Employment

in FTEs

 201920202021
Balance as of January 173,69173,31175,001
Consolidation changes:   
Acquisitions900722,594
Divestments(286)(744)
Other changes(994)1,6181,338
Balance as of December 3173,31175,00178,189

Geographic footprint

Approximately 59% (2020: 61%) of the Philips workforce is located in mature geographies and 41% (2020: 39%) in growth geographies. In 2021, the number of employees in mature geographies decreased by 558. The number of employees in growth geographies increased by 2,629.

Philips Group

Employees per geographic cluster

in FTEs at year-end

 201920202021
Western Europe20,53119,92519,775
North America21,47321,11821,807
Other mature geographies4,6814,6644,683
Mature geographies46,68545,70746,265
Growth geographies26,62629,29431,923
Philips Group73,31175,00178,189

Employee turnover

In 2021, employee turnover amounted to 17.6%, of which 10.0% was voluntary, compared to 14.0% (7.3% voluntary) in 2020. External benchmarks show that our voluntary employee turnover remains in line with similar-sized companies, and that we are reasonably successful in retaining our employees.

Philips Group

Employee turnover 

2021

 StaffProfessionalsManagementExecutivesTotal
Female28.0%14.3%12.8%17.7%20.9%
Male20.6%13.0%12.2%13.6%15.5%
Philips Group24.3%13.4%12.3%14.6%17.6%

Philips Group

Voluntary turnover 

2021

 StaffProfessionalsManagementExecutivesTotal
Female9.8%10.5%8.8%13.9%10.1%
Male11.9%9.2%7.1%6.2%9.9%
Philips Group10.9%9.6%7.6%8.1%10.0%

5.4.7Equal opportunities and equal pay

Philips is committed to equal pay and will continue to investigate whether any deviations from this principle exist.

Many countries with a Philips presence – for example, Australia, the United Kingdom, Sweden, certain US states and India – have already undertaken pay equity reviews. In the US, Philips will be executing a Nationwide Pay Equity Project during 2022, building on work already completed at US state level.

In 2021, a study by EDGE (Economic Dividends for Gender Equality) of Philips in the Netherlands was completed, with Philips being certified for Gender Equality. The study found no statistical evidence of unequal pay. We continue to study gender pay parity using the EDGE methodology and plan to scale this application to cover 80% of Philips’ global country presence by the end of 2022.

5.4.8Living wage

Philips can only achieve its aim to improve the lives of 2.5 billion people per year by 2030 if we support and empower our people, so they can be their best and perform effectively. To this end, we conducted a living wage analysis for the third year in a row on the lowest salaries in every country in which we currently operate.

The living wage is a concept defined by Anker and Anker (2017) as “Remuneration received by a worker in a particular place sufficient to afford a decent standard of living for the worker and her or his family. Elements of a decent standard of living include food, water, housing, education, healthcare, transport, clothing, and other essential needs, including provision for unexpected events”. To develop living wage standards that are complete and have a reliable geographical scope, we combined forces with Valuing Nature, several local NGOs, WageIndicator and other global corporates.

In 2019, we conducted our first analysis of salaries and benefits for employees globally with respect to the living wage. This analysis covered 78 countries and we identified 31 employees in one country for whom wages and benefits were slightly below the defined living wage. Based on these results, our local HR teams made relevant adjustments for the year 2020. 

In 2020, we performed the same analysis with the updated living wage data from WageIndicator. This time, all wages and benefits were above the defined living wage levels in all 78 countries.

The living wage analysis conducted in 2021 showed again that all wages and benefits at Philips were above the defined living wage levels in all 76 countries surveyed.

5.4.9Health and Safety

In 2021, the COVID-19 global pandemic continued to significantly affect Philips’ global operations in many ways, including government-mandated lockdowns, travel restrictions, and most importantly ensuring employee health and safety whilst maintaining critical operational commitments. Philips continued to deliver on its triple duty of care: meeting critical customer needs, ensuring the health and safety of employees, and ensuring business continuity. A Group Crisis Operations Team and local Crisis Management Teams continued to provide a global integrated response. This enabled Philips to disseminate a centralized and consistent message for every employee, regardless of market, business or location. A COVID-19 intranet site with guidance and information was maintained and received over 44,000 hits in 2021.

Working as a team across all functions, Philips was able to maintain manufacturing operations and ensure support for our customers, including front-line hospitals, to minimize interruption to key service and support activities. During 2021, approximately 5,168 Philips employees voluntarily reported a COVID-19 infection. Whilst most infections were of mild severity, there were unfortunately some more severe outcomes, including a small number of fatalities. However, less than 1% of contamination cases and none of the fatalities resulted from infections acquired during workplace activities. Cumulatively in 2020 and 2021, Philips recorded 7,374 COVID-19 cases (5,168 in 2021), 19 fatalities (13 in 2021).

At Philips, we strive for an injury-free and illness-free work environment. Since 2016, the Total Recordable Cases (TRC) rate has been defined as a Key Performance Indicator (KPI). A TRC is a case where an injured employee is unable to work for one or more days, has medical treatment, or sustains an industrial illness. We set yearly TRC targets for the company, businesses and industrial sites.

We recorded 213 TRCs in 2021, a 20% increase compared to 178 in 2020. While our workforce continued to expand in 2021, the TRC rate decreased from 0.24 per hundred FTEs in 2020 to 0.29 in 2021.

In 2021 we recorded 114 Lost Workday Injury Cases (LWIC). These are occupational injury cases where an injured person is unable to work for one or more days after the injury. This represents a 25% increase compared with 91 in 2020. The LWIC rate increased to 0.16 per 100 FTEs in 2021, compared with 0.12 in 2020. The number of Lost Workdays caused by injuries increased by 1,672 days (65%) to 4,236 days in 2021.

For more information on Health and Safety, please refer to Health and Safety performance

5.4.10Human rights

Philips strongly believes that companies have both the responsibility to respect human rights and the ability to protect them. Philips’ Human Rights Policy, General Business Principles, and other relevant policies detail how Philips respects human rights, in line with the International Bill of Human Rights and the International Labor Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. In this regard, Philips also follows the guidance given in the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. Philips has also been a signatory to the UN Global Compact since 2007. Philips’ ESG Committee, composed of Executive Committee members and senior executives from businesses and functions across Philips, leads our efforts and actions. The Committee is responsible for strategy and oversight of all company activities across the three ESG dimensions. The Committee also monitors progress and takes corrective action where needed.

In 2021, we continued to develop our due diligence strategy by conducting Human Rights Impact Assessments (HRIA). In the last quarter of 2020, we deployed a new methodology, covering five manufacturing sites in China and over 4,000 employees. With these assessments, 60% of our at-risk sites have received a dedicated human rights impact assessment in the past three years (target 2023: 100%). In the first quarter of 2021, additional validation activities took place, followed by the creation of an action plan by local management. Results were shared in our Human Rights Report. Continuous support during the implementation of the action plan has been put in place.

Although the Human Rights Impact Assessment of selected sites did not cover the supply chain, learnings from these site assessments were used to develop and launch a new deep-dive approach for certain suppliers. This has been piloted in Q4 2021, with a focused assessment on human rights, compared with the broader Supplier sustainability assessment approach which covers sustainability more holistically.

In 2021, the human rights program was presented to our Health & Safety officers at a dedicated employee event. We also deployed new training materials on our GBP, targeting employees without regular access to a computer, or otherwise unable to complete the online training module. For the approximately 12,000 employees who are not able to take the online General Business Principles course, an offline General Business Principles training has been created. For the upcoming year, we will strengthen our human rights due diligence, continue to engage in dialogues with those already trained, and expand tailored human rights communication and training to key audiences within Philips. Our Human Rights Report contains detailed information regarding our progress, targets, and plans for continuous improvement.

5.4.11Philips Foundation

Stichting Philips Foundation, an independent foundation organized under Dutch law, is a registered charity established in 2014. In 2021, Royal Philips supported the Philips Foundation with a contribution of EUR 6.7 million, and provided the operating staff as well as the expert assistance of skilled employees in the execution of the Foundation’s programs.

The Philips Foundation’s mission is to reduce healthcare inequality by providing access to quality healthcare for underserved communities through meaningful innovation. It does this through the provision and application of Philips’ healthcare expertise, innovation power, talent and resources and by financial support. Together with key partners around the globe (including respected NGOs such as Red Cross organizations, UNICEF, Amref and Save the Children), the Philips Foundation seeks to identify challenges where a combination of Philips expertise and partner experience can be used to create meaningful solutions that have an impact on people’s lives.

For more information on the Philips Foundation, please refer to Philips Foundation

5.4.12Working with stakeholders

In organizing ourselves around customers and markets, we conduct dialogues with our stakeholders in order to explore common ground for addressing societal challenges, building partnerships and jointly developing supporting ecosystems for our innovations around the world.

An overview of stakeholders and topics discussed is provided in Sustainability statements.

For more information on our stakeholder engagement activities in 2021, please refer to Stakeholder engagement.

5.5Governance

5.5.1Corporate governance structure

Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Royal Philips), a company organized under Dutch law, is the parent company of the Philips group. Its shares have been listed on the Amsterdam stock exchange (Euronext Amsterdam) since 1912. Furthermore, its shares have been traded in the United States since 1962 and have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since 1987.

Royal Philips has a two-tier board structure consisting of a Board of Management and a Supervisory Board, each of which is accountable to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the fulfillment of its respective duties.

The company is governed by Dutch corporate and securities laws, its Articles of Association, and the Rules of Procedure of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee and of the Supervisory Board respectively. Its corporate governance framework is also based on the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (dated December 8, 2016) and US laws and regulations applicable to Foreign Private Issuers. Additionally, the Board of Management has implemented the Philips General Business Principles (GBP) and underlying policies, as well as separate codes of ethics that apply to employees working in specific areas of our business, i.e. the Financial Code of Ethics and the Procurement Code of Ethics. Many of the documents referred to are published on the company’s website and more information can be found in Our approach to risk management.

Please also refer to Corporate governance where the main elements of the company’s corporate governance structure have been addressed.

5.5.2Philips Business System

As we drive our transformation to become a solutions provider to our customers and consumers, we have adopted a single standard operating model that defines exactly how we want to work – the Philips Business System (PBS). 

The PBS integrates key aspects of how we operate – from our strategy, governance, organizational design, processes and systems, to our people and team practices, and our culture and performance management. 

It is designed to make Philips a simpler, faster, customer-focused, learning organization, in order to fulfill our purpose of improving the health and well-being of billions of people. One that aspires to the highest standards of quality and integrity in everything we do. Building on standard work and best practices, with clear accountabilities and a culture of continuous improvement and compliance. Applying our creativity to make a competitive difference in serving our customers. Making Philips the best place to work.

For more information on the PBS, please refer to How we create value.

5.5.3Quality & Regulatory 

Our business success depends on the quality of our products, services and solutions, and our compliance with many global regulations and standards. In 2021, we continued our transformation journey to accelerate our customer-focused global processes, procedures, standards, and patient safety & quality mindset, all with the goal of maintaining the highest possible level of quality for our customers and their patients. 

As a business with a significant global footprint, ensuring compliance with evolving regulations and standards, including data privacy and cybersecurity, involves increased levels of investment to meet the demands of increased regulatory enforcement activity. Our business deals in the secure electronic transmission, storage and hosting of sensitive information, including personal information, protected health information, financial information, intellectual property, and other sensitive information related to our customers and workforce. For information on how Philips manages cybersecurity risk, please refer to Operational risks.

Quality

Philips is committed to delivering the highest quality products, services and solutions compliant with all applicable laws and standards. We continuously strive to raise our performance in ensuring quality, which is reflected in our continued substantial investment to embed quality through the standardization and adoption of industry best practices throughout our Quality Management System. Quality is an integral part of the leadership and culture of what we do at Philips. Through this quality system improvement program, our aim is to elevate and ensure consistency in how we work, collaborate and make decisions together as we aim to improve the lives of 2 billion people a year by 2025, including 300 million in underserved communities, rising to 2.5 billion and 400 million respectively by 2030.

Regulatory Compliance

Philips actively maintains Quality Management Systems that establish processes for its product design, manufacturing and distribution processes; these standards are in compliance with Food and Drug Administration (FDA)/International Organization for Standardization (ISO) requirements. Our businesses must comply with regulatory pre-marketing and quality system requirements in every market we serve, and to specific requirements of local and national regulatory authorities including the US FDA, the European Medicines Agency (EMA), the National Medical Products Administration (NMPA) in China and comparable agencies in other countries. We also must comply with the European Union’s Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) and Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), Energy-using Products (EuP) and Product Safety Regulations. 

Often, new products that we introduce are subject to pre-market regulatory processes (e.g. pre-market approval (PMA) and pre-market notification (510(k)) for marketing of FDA-regulated devices in the USA, and CE Marking in the European Union). Failing to comply with the regulatory requirements can have significant legal and business consequences. The number and diversity of regulatory bodies in the various markets we operate in globally adds complexity and time to product introductions. 

In the European Union (EU), the Medical Device Regulation (EU-MDR) passed its date of application (May 26, 2021). Through the comprehensive EU-MDR program which has been running since 2018 and with a joint effort across all of Philips, we have passed this major milestone successfully. For a part of our product portfolio we make use of the Grace Period*) for various reasons including stock depletion, notified body capacity limitations and resource balancing. To achieve this major milestone we made an annual EU MDR investment of around EUR 30 million in 2021 and expect to have additional compliance costs for the new regulations of around EUR 13 million in 2022 to conclude the transition. We believe the global regulatory environment will continue to evolve, which could impact the cost, the time needed to approve, and ultimately, our ability to maintain existing approvals or obtain future approvals for our products.

Consent Decree

In October 2017, Philips North America LLC reached agreement on a consent decree with the US Department of Justice, representing the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), related to compliance with current good manufacturing practice requirements arising from inspections conducted in 2015 and prior, focusing primarily on Philips’ Emergency Care & Resuscitation (ECR) business operations in Andover, Massachusetts, and Bothell, Washington. 

Following a successful inspection in Bothell, Washington, in April 2020, the FDA determined that Philips had met the conditions for resuming manufacturing and distribution of defibrillators in the US. The consent decree remains in effect for several years, during which the Emergency Care (formerly ECR) business will be subject to a series of annual assessments by an independent expert. Hospital Patient Monitoring (formerly Monitoring & Analytics), also named in the Consent Decree, is also under a heightened level of scrutiny over the same period. 

Substantial progress continues to be made in our compliance efforts. In August 2021, the FDA inspected Emergency Care in Bothell again as a Consent Decree follow-up. Two observations (Form 483) were issued and subsequently remediated and reported to the FDA. The FDA later presented Emergency Care with four Establishment Inspection Reports dating back to 2015, signaling the closure of the four open inspections.

Even with these successes, however, we cannot predict the outcome of this matter, and the consent decree authorizes the FDA, in the event of any violations in the future, to order us to cease manufacturing and distributing Emergency Care or Hospital Patient Monitoring devices, recall products, pay liquidated damages, and take other actions. We also cannot currently predict whether additional monetary investment will be incurred to resolve this matter or the matter’s ultimate impact on our business. 

Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification 

On June 14, 2021, Philips’ subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification in the United States and field safety notice outside the United States for certain sleep and respiratory care products to address identified potential health risks related to the polyester-based polyurethane (PE-PUR) sound abatement foam in these devices.

At the time of the June 2021 recall/field safety notice, Philips had received a limited number of reports of possible patient impact due to foam degradation, and no reports regarding patient impact related to chemical emissions. Philips continues to monitor complaints received following the recall/field safety notice via our Quality Management System, in accordance with the medical devices regulations and laws in the markets that we serve.

We are treating this matter with the highest possible seriousness, and are working to address this issue as efficiently and thoroughly as possible. 

We are conducting a comprehensive test and research program and provided an update in December 2021 on the positive VOC test results related to the first-generation DreamStation devices.

The company has developed a comprehensive plan to replace the PE-PUR sound abatement foam used in earlier-generation devices with the new material used in the second-generation products such as DreamStation 2, which has been approved by the US FDA and regulatory authorities around the world, and has already begun this process. Philips Respironics has been working in close partnership with the US FDA, competent authorities, and other regulators around the world, as well as our customers, clinicians, and patients, to complete the needed repairs and replacements associated with this recall. In certain circumstances, the products in question may be replaced rather than repaired.

*)Where products, that were placed on the market under the predecessor of the EU-MDR, the EU-MDD, can continue to be placed on the market when meeting a subset of MDR requirements in addition to the MDD requirements.

5.5.4Remuneration policy

Our remuneration policy is designed to encourage employees to deliver on our purpose and strategy and create stakeholder value, and to motivate and retain them. Our executive long-term incentive plan includes environmental and social commitments. A description of the composition of the remuneration of the individual members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board is included in Report of the Remuneration Committee.

5.5.5General Business Principles

While pursuing our business objectives, we aim to be a responsible partner in society, acting with integrity towards our employees, customers, business partners and shareholders, as well as the wider community in which we operate. Everyone at Philips is expected to always act with integrity, and Philips rigorously enforces compliance of its General Business Principles (GBP) throughout the company.

In the highly regulated world of healthcare, integrity requires in-depth knowledge of the applicable rules and regulations and a sensitivity to healthcare-specific issues. The GBP – part of the Philips Business System – incorporate and represent the fundamental principles by which all Philips businesses and employees around the globe must abide. They set the minimum standard for business conduct, both for individual employees and for the company and our subsidiaries. Our GBP also serve as a reference for the business conduct we expect from all our business partners.

Translations of the GBP text are available in 30 languages, allowing almost every employee to read the GBP in their native language. Detailed underlying policies, manuals, training, and tools are in place to give employees practical guidance on how to apply and uphold the GBP in their daily work environment. Details can be found at www.philips.com/gbp.

In 2021, a total of 610 concerns were reported via Philips Speak Up (Ethics Line) and through our network of GBP Compliance Officers. This represents an increase of 7% from the total of 571 concerns in the previous reporting period (2020).

While this is a continuation of the upward trend reported since 2014, the year in which Philips updated its General Business Principles and deployed a strengthened global communication campaign, the increase is flattening. Specifically in 2021, we focused on increasing awareness on Integrity and on the importance of speaking up, through and following up on the deployment of our biennial Business Integrity Survey. We still believe the upward trend in reporting remains in line with our multi-year efforts to encourage our employees to express their concerns, whilst realizing that the extraordinary business conditions in both 2020 and 2021 make it imprudent to draw any specific conclusions from these numbers.

More information on the Philips GBP can be found in Risk management.

The results of the monitoring measures in place are given in General Business Principles

5.5.6Risk management approach 

Risk management and control forms an integral part of the Philips business planning and performance review cycle. The company’s risk management policy and framework are designed to provide reasonable assurance that its strategic and operational objectives are met, that legal requirements are complied with, and that the integrity of the company’s financial reporting and its related disclosures is safeguarded. Please refer to Risk management for a more detailed description of Philips’ approach to risk management (including Internal Control over Financial Reporting), risk categories and factors, and certain specific risks that have been identified.

With respect to financial reporting, a structured self-assessment and monitoring process is used company-wide to assess, document, review and monitor compliance with Internal Control over Financial Reporting. On the basis of the outcome of this process, the Board of Management confirms that: (i) the management report (within the meaning of section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code) provides sufficient insights into any failings in the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems; (ii) such systems provide a reasonable level of assurance that the financial reporting does not contain any material inaccuracies; (iii) based on the current state of affairs, it is justified that the financial reporting is prepared on a going concern basis; and (iv) the management report states those material risks and uncertainties that are relevant to the expected continuity of the company for a period of 12 months after the preparation of the report. The financial statements fairly represent the financial condition and result of operations of the company and provide the required disclosures.

In view of the above, the Board of Management believes that it is in compliance with best practice 1.4.2 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. It should be noted that the above does not imply that the internal risk management and control systems provide certainty as to the realization of operational and financial business objectives, nor can they prevent all misstatements, inaccuracies, errors, fraud or non-compliances with rules and regulations. The above statement on internal control should not be construed as a statement in response to the requirements of section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The statement as to compliance with section 404 is set forth in Management’s report on internal control.

5.5.7Total tax contribution

To fulfil our company purpose, a responsible tax approach is required. We fully acknowledge our societal role when it comes to paying taxes in the geographies where value is created. We consider our tax payments as a contribution to the communities in which we operate, as part of our social value creation.

Our Approach to Tax sets the standard for our conduct, by which individual employees, the company and its subsidiaries must abide. We consider tax in the context of the broader society, inspired by our stakeholder dialogues, global initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and United Nations, human rights, international tax laws and regulations and relevant codes of conduct.

Under the ultimate responsibility of the Board of Management, the Chief Financial Officer annually reviews, evaluates, approves and where necessary adjusts Philips’ approach to tax. Philips supports and participates in transparency initiatives such as the Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) and the Tax Transparency Benchmark of the Dutch Association of Investors for Sustainable Development (VBDO).

In 2021, Philips contributed to the communities where we operate through taxes paid (e.g. corporate income tax) and taxes collected (e.g. VAT). As part of its ESG commitments, Philips committed to provide transparency on its taxes paid and collected in the countries it operates in. Our Country Activity and Tax Report can be found on our website. Philips' total tax contribution in 2021, amounting to EUR 4,090 million, is presented by tax type in the following table.

Philips Group

Total Contribution 2021 per Tax Type

in millions of EUR 

 Corporate income tax paidCustoms dutiesVAT1)Payroll TaxOther TaxesTotal
Western Europe 58313320906841,904
North America105399477071,015
Other mature geographies504791371272
Growth geographies7911332932057897
Philips Group8181698212,1331494,090

5.6Philips' ESG performance at a glance

Below we show how Philips performed in 2021 on the 21 Core metrics of the WEF ESG reporting framework, mapped to the three dimensions of our ESG commitments, as well as a number of additional Philips-specific metrics that we consider fundamental to the strategy and operation of our business.

Environmental

  • Green House Gas (GHG) emissions100% electricity from renewable sources0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent (net operational carbon footprint)
  • Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) implementationDeveloped 2 and 4 °C global warming scenarios and assessed their impact on our supply chain, Philips and customers (disclosed in separate report)
  • Land use and ecological sensitivity19 tonnes waste sent to landfillAll 25/25 industrial sites 'Zero Waste to Landfill' at year-end
  • Water consumption and withdrawal in water-stressed areas703,104 m3 total water intake256,957 m3 in water-stressed areas
  • Circular revenues *)16% of revenues
  • Closing the loop *)Closed the loop for over 3,000 systems returned to us

Social

  • Lives Improved *)1.67 billion, of which 167 million in underserved communities
  • Diversity & Inclusion28% gender diversity in senior leadership positions40% gender diversity in total workforce79% Employee Engagement Score *)
  • Pay equalityEDGE-certified for Gender Equality in the NetherlandsUS Nationwide Pay Equity project scheduled for 2022
  • Wage level6,246 million EUR employee benefit expensesPhilips pays all employees at least a living wage
  • Risk for incidents of child, forced or compulsory laborAddressed in Philips GBP, Supplier Sustainability Declaration and Supplier Sustainability program
  • Health & Safety0.29 Total Recordable Case rate per 100 FTEs213 Total Recordable Cases
  • Training provided830,000 training hours in Philips University835,000 training completions
  • Absolute number and rate of employment78,189 employees18% turnover
  • Supplier development program *)351 companies430,000 employees impacted
  • Volunteering *)37 new projects in 2020 reaching 17.3 million people

Governance

  • Setting purposePhilips’ purpose is to improve the health and well-being of people through meaningful innovation
  • Governance body compositionPhilips has a Board of Management and an independent Supervisory Board
  • Material issues impacting stakeholdersDetailed Materiality Analysis performed
  • Anti-corruption71,000 employees completed General Business Principles training
  • Protected ethics advice and reporting mechanismsWhistleblower mechanism in place
  • Integrating risk and opportunity in business processesIncluded in Risk Management section
  • Economic contribution17,156 million EUR revenues773 million EUR dividend declared6.7 million EUR contribution to Philips Foundation104 million EUR government grants
  • Financial investment contribution2,699 million EUR total tangible assets802 million EUR capital expenditure
  • Total R&D expenses1.8 billion EUR invested in R&D (10.5% of revenues)
  • Total tax contribution4,090 million EUR
*)Philips-specific metric

5.7ESG by key country

On the following pages we show how Philips performed in a number of key countries in 2021 on a subset of the WEF Core metrics, as well as a number of additional Philips-specific metrics that we consider fundamental to the strategy and operation of our business.

Brazil

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
0 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
4,756 m3
Circular revenues*)
23.9%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
80 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
1,841 employees, 22% employee turnover
Training provided
24,975 hours
Wage level
56 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

The Voluntary I&D Committees addressed several focal areas: Women, Race, Disabilities, LGBTQIA+, Mental Health, Culture and Internal Communication. The aim is to make all employees in Blumenau, Barueri and Varginha aware of these important topics, generating empathy and appreciation that we are all unique individuals with distinct characteristics.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Philips Foundation has partnered with SAS Brazil to bring specialized healthcare to remote areas through technology and telemedicine. Primary healthcare units are equipped with digital virtual healthcare solutions to provide early diagnosis and remote physician referral.

Governance

Economic contribution

244.7 million EUR revenues

176.8 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

15.1 million EUR tangible assets

3.8 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
72.8 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips has engaged with health authorities at federal, state and municipal level to discuss the digitalization of health. Philips also attended stakeholder meetings as a board member of local medical technology trade associations.

*)Philips-specific metric

China

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
0 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
191,951 m3
Circular revenues*)
8.2%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Internal Group Finance

Social

Lives improved*)
470 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
8,045 employees, 17% employee turnover
Training provided
78,962 hours
Wage level
381 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

Females in leadership positions rose from 22% in 2020 to 28%. Energy management training was delivered to over 1,000 employees. People development continued to focus on diversity, with female leaders mentored by senior leaders, and over 35 graduate trainees acting as reverse mentors. Philips China was named Top Employer and Healthiest Employer by Aon Hewitt China.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Partnering with the Amity Foundation and  Chinese Red Cross Society, Philips Foundation launched a volunteer competition to improve cardiac emergency response through a network of AEDs in remote locations and first-aid training in four cities. Philips Foundation also worked with the Chinese Red Cross Foundation and Peking Union Medical College to raise public awareness of cardiovascular disease.

Governance

Economic contribution

2,247.8 million EUR revenues

1,449.9 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

143.4 million EUR tangible assets

38.1 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
305.3 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

In 2021, Philips cooperated with government and associations to discuss industry standards, policy design, research & innovation, and healthcare capability improvement post-pandemic. Philips also conducted continuous research on sustainability with China Center for International Economic Exchange.

*)Philips-specific metric

France

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
- tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
- m3
Circular revenues*)
10.8%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
39 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
1,006 employees, 13% employee turnover
Training provided
14,775 hours
Wage level
116 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

Communication efforts around invisible disability were intensified. 60% of Philips France’s new Health Systems Key Account Management organization are women, and there is increased focus on building a pipeline of talented women. Further training was provided on topics such as Bias@Work, STEP and Energy Management.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

With the aim of raising awareness among the French population about the dangers of cardiovascular disease, Philips Foundation worked with Global Heart Watch to organize a series of first-aid training sessions for young people in underserved areas, so that they can act as first responders.

Governance

Economic contribution

508.7 million EUR revenues

354.3 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

25.5 million EUR tangible assets

2.8 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
139.3 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

In 2021, Philips engaged with the Ministry of Health to support the digital transformation of the healthcare system. Philips is also working closely with the Direction Générale de l’Offre de Soins on new initiatives related to value-based procurement.

*)Philips-specific metric

Germany

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
0 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
39,365 m3
Circular revenues*)
12.3%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Internal Group Finance
  • Regulated financial services
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
61 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
3,762 employees, 8% employee turnover
Training provided
32,016 hours
Wage level
400 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

Mental Health Day was marked with a wide range of local activities, including support for ergonomics and psychological well-being. 150 people leaders were trained on Bias@Work. I&D activities included World Refugee Day, with Philips employees sharing their personal story of being on the run, and International Women’s Day, Women Out Loud Talks and local Philips Women Lead Calls.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Philips Foundation and Pink Ribbon Deutschland have joined forces to create a multilingual breast cancer awareness app. The app focuses on women with a migrant background and is available in seven languages. By tackling cultural and language barriers, the app aims to encourage women to become active, e.g. with self-palpation, and provides access to relevant information if something unusual is detected. 

Governance

Economic contribution

2,261.2 million EUR revenues

1,456.6 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

168.5 million EUR tangible assets

23.0 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
310.4 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips engaged with the Ministry of Health and its federal institutions to support the digital transformation of the healthcare system. Philips has built a significant project pipeline targeting the funding elements of the National Future Hospital Act (KHZG), which will start to take effect for hospitals throughout Germany in 2022. Philips continued to help manage the federal stockpile of ventilators and patient monitoring equipment to extend and modernize intensive care capacity.

*)Philips-specific metric

India

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
0 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
11,559 m3
Circular revenues*)
10.4%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments
  • Other

Social

Lives improved*)
76 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
8,330 employees, 13% employee turnover
Training provided
107,760 hours
Wage level
193 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

The Employee Resource Group-ISC Philips Women League was activated. The Philips Rainbow Network was launched at PIC Bangalore to build support for the LGBTQ+ community. A Bias@Work program was introduced. A Daily Management Board is in place at all sites for Diversity tracking. 

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Philips Foundation, Prosus, Johnson & Johnson and Shell formed a coalition to provide over 800 ventilators to public hospitals in regions impacted by COVID-19. Philips Foundation and Philips India supported a project with Save the Children India and social enterprise ZMQ to use mobile health tools to help community health workers improve prevention and case management for childhood pneumonia. This has already improved care for over 200,000 under-five children.

Governance

Economic contribution

768.1 million EUR revenues

409.0 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

79.4 million EUR tangible assets

21.0 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
161.9 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips worked with industry associations to gain an extension to implement regulations for diagnostic imaging equipment. Another key achievement was the amendment of the Production Linked Incentive Policy to include LLP companies; this enabled Philips India to participate in key government ‘Make in India’ schemes. Besides ongoing medical education and solutions training, Philips organized high-impact training for some 1,000 senior nurses from the Manipal Group of private hospitals.

.

*)Philips-specific metric

Japan

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
- tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
- m3
Circular revenues*)
37.5%

Main business activities

  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Other

Social

Lives improved*)
46 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
2,257 employees, 8% employee turnover
Training provided
14,814 hours
Wage level
166 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

We organized a learning week platform to deepen understanding of self-efficiency and self-affirmation. We also held unconscious bias training. Understanding and awareness of ‘Inclusion’ among employees went up from 63% in 2020 to 74% in 2021. On World Mental Health Day we organized a workshop on mental health attended by 300 employees. We held seminars on Pink Ribbon and Movember together with our customers.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Philips Japan was unable to deploy volunteering activities in Japan in 2021 due to strict local measures designed to halt the spread of COVID-19.

Governance

Economic contribution

1,104.1 million EUR revenues

865.8 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

113.9 million EUR tangible assets

0.7 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
168.7 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

We have liaised with the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW) on a reimbursement and authorization system through the European Business Council in Japan. The focus of the MHLW from 2021 will be on Software as Medical Devices (SaMD) and cybersecurity, and we are discussing the handling and authorization system for these through the Japan Federation of Medical Devices Associations.

*)Philips-specific metric

Poland

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
- tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
- m3
Circular revenues*)
5.7%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
24 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
2,001 employees, 18% employee turnover
Training provided
46,548 hours
Wage level
62 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

We extended our health and well-being program to include psychological well-being; this involved awareness sessions with leaders, a mental health self-evaluation tool, and virtual sessions with psychologists for all employees. We have activated a local Diversity Working Group and a community of Culture Ambassadors. Our gender ratio rose to 50/50.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Philips Foundation has partnered with SAS Brazil to bring specialized healthcare to remote areas through technology and telemedicine. Primary healthcare units are equipped with digital virtual healthcare solutions to provide early diagnosis and remote physician referral.

Governance

Economic contribution

251.9 million EUR revenues

149.0 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

15.4 million EUR tangible assets

0.4 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
53.3 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips has engaged with health authorities at federal, state and municipal level to discuss the digitalization of health. Philips also attended stakeholder meetings as a board member of local medical technology trade associations.

*)Philips-specific metric

Netherlands

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
18 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
82,591 m3
Circular revenues*)
7.5%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Internal Group Finance
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
17 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
11,153 employees, 9% employee turnover
Training provided
111,492 hours
Wage level
1,155 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

Support was provided for employee health and well-being through health offerings, work-from-home policies and energy management programs. 163 people took part in the Employment Scheme, which offers vulnerable external jobseekers work experience. We secured EDGE Assess certification for gender equality practices in the workplace. A European Black Employee Resource Group (eBERG) was founded.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Together with Philips and Eindhoven Hartveilig, Philips Foundation helped extend the AED network to underprivileged areas in Eindhoven and increase awareness of the importance of AEDs and first responders in saving lives. It also teamed up with the Dutch Heart Foundation to create a digital diary app to help over-60s register symptoms related to heart failure.

Governance

Economic contribution

8,235.0 million EUR revenues

4,990.4 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

614.8 million EUR tangible assets

68.7 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
1,025.1 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips is a member of the European Round Table for Industry (ERT), which strives for a strong, open and competitive Europe, with the EU and its Single Market as a driver of inclusive growth and sustainable prosperity. Philips is on the board of, among others, employers’ organization VNO-NCW and trade association FME, as well as public-private committees on innovation, talent, AI, cybersecurity, and health.

*)Philips-specific metric

United Kingdom

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
- tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
- m3
Circular revenues*)
17.3%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
33 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
1,105 employees, 19% employee turnover
Training provided
13,540 hours
Wage level
104 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

The first local celebration of PRIDE focused on allyship and other topics. A 2-day certified training was held for Mental Health Champions. We also trained over 100 line managers and offered employee sessions to support mental health at work and home. Hybrid Working Sessions facilitated adjustment to the new way of working. Volunteer-led Refugee Workplace Workshops were held to build job-seeking and interview skills.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Together with Global Action Plan, Philips Foundation wrapped up the Clean Air for Schools Framework, a free online tool that shows teachers, parents and local authorities how to tackle air pollution in and around school grounds. Some 350,000 children in over 2,000 schools now have access to the Framework, or have already implemented parts.

Governance

Economic contribution

506.8 million EUR revenues

400.2 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

41.3 million EUR tangible assets

9.1 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
118.3 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips continues to engage with the government and the National Health Service to support the COVID-19 response. We maintain strong relations with the Association of British Health Technology Industries and Office of Life Sciences and are leading the formation of a sustainability working group with other members of AXREM, the association of health technology providers.

*)Philips-specific metric

United States

Environmental

Green House Gas (GHG) emissions
0 kilotonnes CO2-equivalent
Land use and ecological sensitivity
1 tonnes waste sent to landfill
Water withdrawal
177,710 m3
Circular revenues*)
13.5%

Main business activities

  • Research and Development
  • Holding and/or managing of intellectual property
  • Purchasing
  • Manufacturing
  • Sales, marketing and distribution
  • Administrative, management and support services
  • Provision of services to unrelated parties
  • Holding shares or other equity instruments

Social

Lives improved*)
330 million
Absolute number and rate of employment
21,200 employees, 18% employee turnover
Training provided
175,743 hours
Wage level
2,697 million EUR employee benefit expenses
Inclusion and diversity

Our 10 Employee Resource Groups are gaining momentum through increased employee membership. They facilitate company-sponsored diversity events to align with our cultural events calendar, with an emphasis on safe space dialogues and mental well-being. Leadership committed to increase representation of diverse talent in leadership positions. As a result, we have piloted a mentoring program with our Black high-performing talent. Juneteenth was designated as a 2022 paid holiday.

Philips Foundation and volunteering

Addressing the underserved status of indigenous populations in the US, Philips Foundation empowered healthcare workers in the Navajo Nation with point-of-care ultrasound education and equipment, enabling a sustainable education program that will increase impact year-on-year.

Governance

Economic contribution

9,907.6 million EUR revenues

6,406.5 million EUR cost of sales

Financial investment contribution

1,057.3 million EUR tangible assets

132.8 million EUR capital expenditure

Total tax contribution
965.5 million EUR
Stakeholder engagement

Philips was at the forefront of advocacy efforts at federal and state level to advance maternal health, especially for underserved communities, including partnering with the White House on its inaugural Maternal Health Call to Action. In several states, Philips supported new laws requiring Medicaid and commercial insurance coverage for remote patient monitoring. Additionally, Philips liaised with Congress to expand awareness on the Philips/Department of Veterans Affairs electronic Intensive Care Unit (eICU).

*)Philips-specific metric
At a glance
Risk management

Risk management is integrated into our standard operating model, the Philips Business System

Explicitly connects our strategy and improvement initiatives to risk assessment

Discusses the risk dynamics to our broad range of objectives and our main responses

Dedicated focus on risks related to Patient Safety and ESG expectations

6Risk management

6.1Our approach to risk management

Vision and objectives

Philips approaches risk management as a value-creating activity that is integral to innovation and entrepreneurship. As such, it is part of the Philips Business System (PBS). Key elements are our Risk Management governance, Risk appetite, the Risk Management Process standard, the Philips Business Control Framework, and our General Business Principles (GBP), which are further described in this chapter. There can be no absolute assurance that our risk management will avoid or mitigate all risks that Philips faces. The material risks are described in Risk factors.

Risk management governance

The Executive Committee identifies and manages the risks Philips face in realizing its objectives. It defines the Risk Appetite, provides the risk management framework, and monitors the effectiveness thereof. The Risk Management Support Team, consisting of experts on various categories of risk, supports the Executive Committee through regular analysis of the enterprise risk profile and enhancement of the risk management framework. Management is responsible for identifying critical risks and implementing appropriate risk responses within their areas of responsibility. Various functions (such as Internal Control, Quality & Regulatory, and Group Security) support the management of specific risk areas.

The Internal Audit function assesses the quality of risk management and controls through the execution of a risk-based audit plan, as approved by the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board. Leadership from our Executive Committee, Businesses, Markets and key Functions meet quarterly with Internal Audit in Audit & Risk Committees to discuss strengths and weaknesses of risk management and controls – as evaluated by internal and external auditors and by means of other (self) assessments – and take corrective action where necessary.

The Disclosure Committee oversees the company’s disclosure activities and assists the Board of Management in fulfilling its responsibilities in this respect. The Disclosure Committee’s purpose is to ensure that the company implements and maintains internal procedures for the timely collection, evaluation and disclosure, of information potentially subject to public disclosure under the legal, regulatory and stock exchange requirements to which the company is subject.

The Security Steering Committee (SSC) and the Group Security function manage security (including cybersecurity) risks at Philips. The SSC evaluates and sets the Group’s security strategy, issues security policies and evaluates progress and effectiveness. Dedicated security reports are shared with the Executive Committee, Supervisory Board and external auditors. On a quarterly basis, briefings on cybersecurity risks are provided to the IT Audit & Risk Committee.

The Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee initiates, drives and coordinates ESG strategy development, policy setting, disclosures and planning of programs and activities in relation to our ESG commitments. It administers ESG reporting, monitors progress, assesses risks in relation to Philips’ ESG strategy and makes recommendations to the Executive Committee on our ESG endeavors.

The Supervisory Board oversees Philips’ risk management. The Audit Committee and the Quality & Regulatory Committee of the Supervisory Board assist the full Supervisory Board in fulfilling its risk management oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee reviews the quality of risk management and controls, and the reported findings of internal and external audits. The Quality & Regulatory Committee’s role particularly relates to the quality and regulatory compliance of the Company’s products (including software), services and systems throughout their lifecycle of development, testing, manufacturing, marketing and servicing.

The Corporate governance chapter of this report addresses the main elements of the Company’s corporate governance structure, reports on how it applies the principles and best practices of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and provides certain other information relevant to risk management governance.

Risk appetite

The Executive Committee and management seek to manage risks consistently within the risk appetite. Risk appetite is set by the Executive Committee and captured in the Risk Management Policy. It is effectuated through our PBS, of which various elements – such as our strategy, Philips business principles and behaviors, authority schedules, policies, process standards and performance management systems – include or reflect risk-taking guidance.

Philips’ risk appetite differs depending on the type of risk, ranging from an averse to a seeking approach. We believe we must operate within the dynamics of the health technology industry and take the risks needed to ensure we continually revitalize our offerings and the way we work. At the same time, Philips attaches prime importance to integrity, sustainability, product quality and patient safety, including compliance with regulations and quality standards. Risk appetite for the four main risk categories is visualized below. Philips does not classify these risk categories in order of importance.

Drawing or illustration

Risk management process

In order to provide a comprehensive view of Philips’ risks, structured risk assessments take place according to the Philips risk management process standard, applying a top-down and bottom-up approach. Our process standard is designed based on the Enterprise Risk Management Framework: Integrating with Strategy and Performance (2017) from the committee of sponsoring organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and on ISO 31000 - Risk Management. The process is supported by regular risk workshops with management at Group, Business, Market and Function levels. During 2021, several risk management workshops were held to assess and respond to enterprise risks.

Drawing or illustration

Key elements of the Philips risk management process are:

  • Management of Businesses, Markets and key Functions perform a risk assessment at least once a year, with updates of the strategic plan, to identify and prioritize risks, assign ownership, and implement appropriate risk responses. Risk workshops are conducted across the company to facilitate these risk assessments.
  • Management discusses and monitors the risk profile and risk response effectiveness at least quarterly in its performance reviews and during Audit & Risk Committees, which are held for all Businesses, Markets and selected Functions and at Group level. 
  • Developments in the enterprise risk profile and management’s initiatives to improve risk responses are discussed and monitored during the quarterly meeting of the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board. 
  • As an integral part of the strategy review, each year the Executive Committee assesses the enterprise risk profile and the potential risk impact versus Group risk appetite. This assessment considers various inputs such as risk assessments from Businesses, Markets and Functions, Philips Internal Audit findings, Legal and Insurance matters, the materiality analysis, and external research. The assessment also covers the effectiveness of the risk management framework and potential improvements thereto.
  • The Philips risk profile and the risk management framework are discussed at least once a year with the Supervisory Board.

Examples of measures taken during 2021 to further strengthen risk management:

  • Continued development of our COVID-19 response program with the aim of being better prepared to respond to potential future events;
  • Continued improvement and consolidation of our Quality Management Systems;
  • Operating a Risk & Compliance (R&C) Center of Excellence to drive continuous improvement, knowledge sharing, capability building and risk transparency across various R&C areas;
  • Further integration of standard risk management practices in regular performance and strategy execution dialogues;
  • Continued improvement of our security (including cyber, product and supply chain) risk management capabilities;
  • Various improvements to supply chain related risk, including supplier risk management and business continuity management;
  • Further deployment of the recommendations from the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, particularly related to climate adaptation and transition risks; and
  • Increased use of data analytics and automation in controls monitoring, and ongoing development of our enterprise governance, risk and compliance IT platform.

Philips Business Control Framework

The Philips Business Control Framework (PBCF) sets the standard for Internal Control over Financial Reporting at Philips. The objective of the PBCF is to maintain integrated management control of the company’s operations to ensure the integrity of the financial reporting, as well as compliance with laws and regulations. Philips has designed its PBCF based on the COSO Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

As part of the PBCF, Philips has implemented a standard set of internal controls over financial reporting. Together with Philips’ established accounting procedures, this standard set of internal controls is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded, that the books and records properly reflect transactions necessary to permit preparation of financial statements, that policies and procedures are carried out by qualified personnel, and that published financial statements are properly prepared and do not contain any material misstatements. In each unit, management is responsible for customizing the controls set for their business, risk profile and operations.

Each year, management’s accountability for internal controls for financial reporting is evidenced through the formal certification statement sign-off. Any deficiencies noted in the design and operating effectiveness of Internal Controls over Financial Reporting which were not completely remediated, are evaluated at year-end by the Board of Management. The Board of Management’s report, including its conclusions regarding the effectiveness of Internal Controls over Financial Reporting, can be found in Management’s report on internal control

Philips General Business Principles (GBP)

As part of the Philips Business System, our GBP set the standard for our business conduct as a health technology company. The GBP form an integral part of labor contracts in virtually every country in which Philips operates, and translations are available in 30 languages. Each year, employees reconfirm their commitment to the code of conduct after completing their GBP e-learning, while there is an additional annual sign-off for Executives. A similar sign-off is in place for Finance and Procurement staff for their respective codes of conduct. Detailed underlying policies, manuals, training, and tools are in place to give employees practical guidance on how to apply and uphold the GBP in their daily work. 

The GBP Review Committee is responsible for the effective deployment of the GBP and for generally promoting a culture of compliance and ethics within the company. The Committee is chaired by the Chief Legal Officer, and its members include the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Human Resources Officer and the Chief of International Markets. Furthermore, all our key markets have quarterly market compliance committees, which act as local satellites of the GBP Review Committee, dealing with GBP-related matters within the local context. They are also responsible for the design and execution of localized compliance plans that are tailored to their market-specific risks and organizational set-up, and regularly review the relevant compliance metrics for their respective market through dashboards delivered by the legal compliance monitoring team. The Secretariat of the GBP Review Committee, together with a worldwide network of GBP Compliance Officers, supports the organization with the implementation of GBP initiatives. 

As part of our continuous effort to raise GBP awareness and foster dialogue throughout the organization, each year a global GBP communications and training plan is deployed, including our annual GBP Dialogue Initiative, aimed at reinforcing a culture of dialogue using ethical dilemma case studies that are relevant to our workforce. A key control to measure implementation of our GBP is the GBP Self-Assessment, which is part of our Internal Control framework. In addition, we continue to expand the capabilities of our legal compliance monitoring team, serving both our business customers as well as compliance networks with actionable compliance data, thus further improving our compliance control framework. 

The GBP are supported by established mechanisms that ensure standardized reporting and enable both employees and third parties to escalate concerns 24/7. Concerns raised are registered consistently in a single database hosted outside of Philips servers to ensure confidentiality and security of identity and information. Encouraging people to speak up through the available channels if they have a concern will continue to be a cornerstone of our GBP communications and awareness campaigns. At least twice a year, the GBP Review Committee, as well as the Executive Committee and Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board, are informed on relevant GBP metrics, cases, trends and learnings.

Through the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board, the company also has procedures in place for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints specifically relating to accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, which enable the confidential, anonymous submission of complaints regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. 

The GBP and underlying policies, including the Financial and Procurement Code of Ethics, are published on the company website, at www.philips.com/gbp.

6.2Risk factors

Philips believes the risks set out below are the material risks that could impact our ability to achieve our objectives. These risk factors may not, however, include all the risks that ultimately may affect Philips. Some risks not yet known to Philips, or currently believed not to be material, may ultimately have a major impact on Philips’ business, revenues, income, assets, liquidity, capital resources, reputation and/or ability to achieve its business and ESG objectives. Philips defines risks in four main categories: Strategic, Operational, Compliance and Financial. Philips presents the risk factors within each risk category in order of its current view of their expected significance. This does not mean that a lower-listed risk factor may not have a material and adverse impact on Philips’ business, revenues, income, assets, liquidity, capital resources, reputation, and/or ability to achieve its business and ESG objectives. Furthermore, other risk factors not listed below may ultimately prove to have more significant adverse consequences than those listed risk factors.

The visual below lists our material risks and how these relate to our strategic roadmap through their main connection points with our strategic imperatives. The improvement initiatives related to our strategic imperatives are also designed to address these risks. Compared to the previous year we have prioritized risk factors relating to Geopolitics, Patient safety and ESG and have de-emphasized risk factors related to Brexit and Pensions.

Drawing or illustration

In the following sections we provide a description of each material risk factor, as well as our main responses, which we believe help us to manage these risks. However, we may not be successful in deploying some or all of these mitigating actions effectively. If circumstances occur or are not sufficiently mitigated, our value creation objectives could be materially adversely affected. In addition, risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to vary from those described, including those described in forward-looking statements, could impact our ability to meet our targets or could be detrimental to our reputation. The risk responses described below are designed to manage risks towards, and should be read in conjunction with, the Risk Appetite as described above.

6.3Strategic risks

Philips may be unable to gain leadership in health informatics.

Fundamental developments in the health technology industry, such as use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML), digital platforms delivering insights at scale, and the shift towards cloud-based Software as a Service (SaaS) business models, are dramatically changing our business environment. Our informatics businesses may fall behind ‘born digital’ competitors if Philips fails to timely develop and globally commercialize capabilities, adjust business models, introduce new products and services in response to these changes. This could result in an inability to satisfy patient and customer needs, thereby missing out on revenue and margin growth opportunities, which may have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips has put in place a framework of various initiatives intended to accelerate the transformation of informatics propositions. Initiatives include moving our propositions to the cloud, with a SaaS business model, extending our HealthSuite Platform (HSP) with the necessary data lake elements and associated AI/ML toolsets, so that both Philips businesses and customers can easily generate insights-at-scale, the accelerated creation of new Informatics propositions based upon HSP with explicit data and AI strategies, and the upgrade of our Informatics and Data Science talent and capabilities. In addition, to be able to participate in the China digital ecosystem, a software Innovation Center is being set up in China, and various local partnerships have been forged.

Philips may be unable to transform its business model to health technology solutions and services.

As Philips’ business profile has shifted focus towards health technology, we believe we need to shift from transactional product-focused business models towards outcome-oriented, multi-year customer partnership business models enabled by solutions and value-added services. If this shift is made too slowly or is not successful, we may face a loss of customer relevance, inability to capture growth, and loss of market share. Given its health technology focus, Philips may have a reduced ability to offset such potential negative impacts on its health technology business by other businesses through a more diversified portfolio. The transition to solutions and services business models also raises a longer-term risk of (among other things) stronger customer dependency and default. Any of these factors may have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips is running multiple interconnected initiatives intended to enable and accelerate the transformation of its business model. Initiatives relate to the end-to-end support of our solutions offerings by our governance, processes and IT systems, making our solutions available through SaaS and PaaS, digital customer engagement and e-commerce channels, and through activation of our solutions in markets. Despite our health technology focused portfolio, it covers various products, solutions and services across the entire health continuum without significant dependence on a single product, solution, service or market. Where we engage in long-term service-based business models, we aim to run a disciplined deal process with strict acceptance criteria. 

Philips’ global operations are exposed to macroeconomic and geopolitical changes.

Philips’ business environment can be adversely impacted by macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions in individual and global markets. There is general uncertainty with regard to macroeconomic factors, such as monetary and healthcare policies, regulatory change, public capital investments in healthcare ecosystems, consumer confidence and spending, pandemics, civil unrest and war amongst others. In particular, geopolitical tensions and protectionism have intensified and increasingly affect policies on trade, production, duties and taxation.

Mature economies are currently the main source of Philips’ revenues, while growth economies are an increasing source of revenues. Philips produces, sources and designs its products and services mainly from the US, the EU (primarily the Netherlands) and China, and the majority of Philips’ assets are located in these geographies. Changes in monetary, trade and tax policies in the US, China and EU may trigger reactions and countermeasures by and may have an adverse impact on other economies and international markets. Such measures may include tariffs, sanctions, local sourcing requirements, market access limitations, technology restrictions, data localization requirements and data transfer restrictions, import or export controls, mobility of talent, nationalization of assets, or restrictions on the repatriation of returns from foreign investments. These may lead to adverse impacts on global trade levels and flows, economic growth, financial market and political stability, all of which could adversely affect the demand for, and supply of, Philips' products and services. The factors described above, or other factors which may impact conditions relevant to Philips' business environment, are difficult to predict and may have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results. They can also make it more difficult to budget and make reliable financial forecasts or could have a negative impact on Philips’ access to funding.

Risk response: Philips monitors economic, political and general societal changes and, where necessary, develops response strategies to such events, including pandemics (e.g. COVID-19). High-risk markets (i.e. exposed to high volatility) are regularly assessed for emerging risks, and if necessary, capital structure planning is performed.

Philips is active in more than 100 countries, and we believe that this global footprint allows us to better deal with adverse local market developments. Philips establishes a strong local presence in both mature and growth geographies through market-specific strategies (e.g. for China, the US, the EU). These market strategies cover various aspects such as manufacturing and assembly, innovation, hosting of health data, capability development and the leveraging of our in-depth knowledge of healthcare, Research & Development, our Quality Management Systems and sustainable global business models, and our brand. This local presence enables Philips to tailor its propositions to local market needs and activate them locally. In addition to local measures, Philips also optimizes its integrated supply chain organization, supplier base and manufacturing footprint from a global perspective, to enable agile responses to large and rapid shifts in demand and supply globally.

Acquisitions could fail to deliver on Philips’ business plans and value creation expectations, and we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired operations.

Selected acquisitions have been and are expected to remain part of Philips’ growth strategy. Acquisitions may expose Philips to integration and other risks in areas such as sales and service, logistics, regulatory compliance, legal claims, information technology and finance, and we may not be able to successfully or efficiently integrate new acquisitions with our existing operations, culture and systems. Integration challenges may adversely impact the realization of expected contributions from acquisitions. These transactions may incur significant costs, result in unforeseen operating difficulties, may also divert management attention from other business priorities, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. Cost savings expected to be implemented or other assumptions underlying the business plan relating to a particular acquisition may not be realized. If we are unable to accomplish any of our objectives at the independent operating subsidiaries we acquire, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions and we may experience lower than anticipated profits, or even losses. Acquisitions may also lead to a substantial increase in long-lived assets, including goodwill, which may later be subject to write-down if an acquired business does not perform as expected, which may have a material adverse effect on Philips’ earnings.

Risk response: Philips has an active acquisition allocation strategy and roadmap per growth area to ensure organizational fit. Philips aims to use a structured and disciplined acquisition process with strict acceptance criteria, budgets and tollgates, and time allocated for critical review of due diligence, including integration risks and expected integration benefits. A broad range of internal and external functional experts are involved in this process. Philips develops and deploys a high-quality post-acquisition integration playbook with set milestones and conducts value creation progress reviews with the responsible business leader throughout the integration of each acquisition. 

Philips may be unable to secure and maintain intellectual property rights for its products and services or may infringe others’ intellectual property rights.

Philips is dependent on its ability to obtain and maintain licenses and other intellectual property (IP) rights covering its products and services and its design and manufacturing processes. The IP portfolio is the result of an extensive IP generation process that could be influenced by a number of factors, including innovation and acquisitions. The value of the IP portfolio is dependent on the successful promotion and market acceptance of standards developed or co-developed by Philips. This is particularly applicable to the segment Other, where licenses from Philips to third parties generate IP royalties and are important to Philips’ results of operations. The timing of licenses from Philips to third parties and associated revenues from IP royalties are uncertain and may vary significantly from period to period. A loss or impairment in connection with such licenses to third parties could have a material adverse impact on Philips’ financial condition and operating results. Philips is also exposed to the risk that a third party may claim to own IP rights to technology applied in Philips’ products and services. If any such claims of infringement of these IP rights are successful, Philips may be required to pay damages to such third parties or may incur other costs or losses.

Risk response: Philips has an Intellectual Property & Standards organization (IP&S) that proactively pursues the creation of new Intellectual Property (IP) and the protection of existing IP in close co-operation with Philips’ operating businesses and Innovation & Strategy. IP&S is a leading industrial IP organization providing IP solutions to Philips’ businesses to support their growth, competitiveness and profitability. In addition, Philips believes its business as a whole is not materially dependent on any particular third-party patent or license, or any particular group of third-party patents and licenses.

Philips may be unable to meet internal or external aims or expectations with respect to ESG-related matters.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors may directly and indirectly impact the business environment in which Philips operates. Philips may from time to time disclose ESG-related initiatives or aims in connection with the conduct of its business and operations (for example with respect to reducing greenhouse gas emissions in its supply chain). However, there is no guarantee that Philips will be able to implement such initiatives or meet such aims within anticipated timeframes, or at all. In addition, there is an increasing focus from Philips’ stakeholders – including customers, employees, regulators, and investors – on ESG matters, and those stakeholders may also have ESG-related expectations with respect to Philips’ business and operations. For example, customers may focus on ESG-related criteria in buying our products and any inability by Philips to address concerns about ESG-related matters could negatively impact sentiment towards Philips and our products and brands. There are an increasing number of regulatory and legislative initiatives to address ESG issues, such as the EU Taxonomy Regulation which aims to define common rules for determining whether economic activities contribute to sustainability objectives. These regulatory and legislative initiatives in turn could also affect how our products or business operations are perceived by customers or other stakeholders. If our products or business operations do not meet the criteria for sustainability according to the EU Taxonomy Regulation (including the related delegated regulations) or any other similar regulations, this may negatively affect the views of our customers or other stakeholders. Philips may fail to fulfil internal or external ESG-related initiatives, aims or expectations, or may be perceived to do so, or we may fail adequately or accurately to report performance or developments with respect to such initiatives, aims or expectations. In addition, Philips could be criticized or held responsible for the scope of its initiatives or goals regarding ESG matters. Any of these factors may have an adverse impact on Philips’ reputation and brand value or on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: We have raised our ESG commitments towards 2025 and have adopted a comprehensive ESG framework. Environmental: We are working to minimize our impact on the planet by taking climate action, driving the transition to a circular economy, implementing EcoDesign in our products, and partnering with our suppliers to reduce their environmental footprint. Social: We aim to deliver social impact by improving people’s health and well-being, offering the best place to work, and engaging with our suppliers and the communities where we operate. Governance: At Philips, everything we do is anchored by ethical and responsible practices. Our management structure, operating model, ethics framework and robust risk management help us maintain the highest standards. We have established a ESG Committee which monitors progress and assesses risks in relation to our ESG strategy and makes recommendations to the Executive Committee on the continuous improvement of our ESG endeavors. For more information, please refer to the Environmental, Social and Governance chapter in this report.

6.4Operational risks

Products and services may fail quality or security standards, which may adversely affect patient safety and customer operations.

Our products and services, either new and/or in field use by our customers, may fail to meet product quality or product security standards, cause (patient) harm, negatively impact customer operations and their ability to provide healthcare, provide unauthorized access to patient records and medical devices through cyber security incidents, or generally cause customer dissatisfaction. Given Philips’ focus on health technology, products and services often require regulatory approvals, including approval of quality and benefit/risk prior to market introduction. Philips may experience issues with the quality of our products and services as a result of various factors, including product design, production, suppliers, materials used, installation, or newly emerging and rapidly evolving cybersecurity threats. These (and other) issues could cause events that need to be actively addressed, which may lead to (amongst others) higher costs of design, market activation, stop use, field recalls and repairs, as well as financial claims and liabilities, damage to our brand reputation, competitive disadvantage, regulatory non-compliance (refer to the Compliance risk section), and loss of market access and market share, any of which may have a material adverse impact on Philips’ market valuation, revenue growth and operating results. Many of our products also have multiple software components, which may be exposed to security threats, including in the event of obsolescence or insufficient maintenance.

Notwithstanding the proliferation of technology and technology-based control systems to detect defects or other errors in our products before they are released, our business ultimately relies on people as our greatest resource, and, from time-to-time, they make mistakes or engage in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures that are not always caught immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures, which are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. In addition to human error, our quality controls are also subject to overriding, and resource or technical constraints. As such, these quality controls and preventative measures may not be effective in detecting all defects or errors in our products before they have been released into the marketplace. In such an event, the technological reliability and safety of our products could be below our standards and our reputation, brand and sales could be adversely affected. In addition, we could be required to, or may find it necessary to, offer a refund for the product or service, suspend the availability or sale of the product or service or expend significant resources to cure the defect or error. Any of these factors may have in a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips is committed to delivering the highest-quality products, services and solutions compliant with all applicable laws and standards, and patient safety is paramount to everything we do. We design, produce, and supply our products and services with a focus on safety, security and effectiveness. Post-market surveillance processes monitor our devices after release to market to attempt to uncover emerging issues as early as possible. The quality of production and performance of our critical suppliers is also monitored closely. A cybersafe program is running to address obsolescence issues.

We continuously invest substantially in embedding quality in our organizational culture as well as consolidating and standardizing our Quality Management Systems (QMS). A formal quality audit program assesses our organization’s compliance with our QMS. With consistency of purpose, top-down accountability, consolidation, standardization and continuous improvement, we aim to drive the adoption of a quality mindset as well as improved quality and safety outcomes throughout the enterprise. Next to continuous improvement we run a program with the aim to accelerate patient safety & quality. Quality is an integral part of the evaluation of all levels of management. We perform extensive programs to monitor and evaluate product performance and correct or remove any product from service that presents harm to patients or users. In the event of issues we run extensive programs with the goal of recalling, repairing or replacing affected products and attempting to prevent such issues from reoccurring. For example, in June 2021 our subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification for certain sleep and respiratory care products to address identified potential health risks, and the repair and replacement program in the US and several other markets is under way. While we believe our processes have become more robust, continuing to enhance our quality culture remains a top priority. 

For further details refer to Provisions and Contingent assets and liabilities.

Philips may be unable to ensure an effective supply chain.

Most of Philips’ operations are conducted internationally, which exposes Philips to supply chain challenges. Philips produces and procures products and parts in various countries globally and in addition is partly dependent on the production and procurement of products and parts from Asian countries, and disruption to production in and shipping from Asian countries could have a disproportionate impact on our business compared to disruptions in other markets. The production and shipping of products and parts, whether from Philips or from third-parties, could be interrupted by various factors such as geopolitics (e.g. US-China relations and protectionist measures taken in various markets), regional conflicts, natural disasters or extreme weather events, (the effects of which may be exacerbated by climate change), container imbalances or port congestions. As a recent example, our sales were impacted unfavorably by the intensified global supply chain issues, primarily related to the shortage of electronic components, poor ocean freight schedule reliability, and COVID-19 affecting suppliers. Although difficult to predict, supply chain headwinds are expected to continue throughout 2022, with a significant impact in the first quarter. There is currently scarcity in the availability of semi-conductors due to increased global demand, which is expected to continue in 2022: as a health technology company, Philips is dependent on the availability of semiconductors and continued scarcity may cause increased lead times and adversely impact our production capacity. Pandemics (e.g. resurgences of COVID-19 or mutations thereof) may disrupt supply chains due to rapid shifts in demand, need for production capacity adjustments and safety improvements in the environments for production, field service, installation and Research & Development in which our employees operate. Philips is also exposed to risks associated with delivery of products and services to customers (for example due to construction material or labor shortages), such as the issues with customer site readiness that Philips encountered in the fourth quarter of 2021, which resulted in (among other things) postponement of equipment installations in hospitals. Such delivery risks may be exacerbated by insufficient staffing levels or staffing disruptions at Philips, its customers or other third-party service providers, including as a result of COVID-19. If Philips is not able to respond swiftly to those various factors, this may result in an inability to deliver on customer needs, ultimately resulting in loss of revenue and margin.

A general shortage of materials (sub-) components or means of transportation drives the risk of fluctuations in price. Philips purchases raw materials, including rare-earth metals, copper, steel, aluminum, noble gases and oil-related products. Commodities have been subject to volatile markets, and such volatility is expected to continue and costs to increase, including as a result of stricter climate change related laws and regulations. Such legislation could require investments in technology to reduce energy use, and greenhouse gas emissions, beyond what we expect in our existing plans or could result in additional and increased carbon pricing. If Philips is not able to compensate for increased costs of (sub-) components, (raw) materials and transportation, reduce reliance thereon, or pass on increased costs to customers, then price increases could have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Philips is also continuing the process of creating a leaner supply base and is continuing its initiatives to replace internal capabilities with less costly outsourced products and services, which may result in increased dependency on a concentration of external suppliers. These processes also need to be balanced with local market requirements, including those relating to local manufacturing and data storage. Although Philips works closely with its suppliers to avoid supply-related problems, there can be no assurance that it will not encounter supply problems in the future, causing disruptions or unfavorable conditions.

Risk response: Philips is extending the simplification of its portfolio and its ‘Design for Excellence’ approach to the full value chain, which includes designing products in such a way that supply dependencies are minimized. Furthermore, we are optimizing our integrated supply chain organization, forecasting analytics, supplier base and manufacturing footprint, stock management to enable agile responses to large and rapid shifts in demand and supply and a changing geopolitical risk landscape. Philips is making balanced investments in both global and local supply chains to reduce dependencies and lead times and to meet local market requirements.

Philips has deployed an integrated supplier risk management framework to assess and manage suppliers from various perspectives, such as strategic fit, financial stability, operational performance and quality, sustainability, compliance and location. We also maintain close relationships with our suppliers and maintain an ongoing dialogue to align our demand to their supply allocation.

Philips conducts various scenario assessments and develops response strategies to events potentially impacting its supply chain, such as geopolitical changes, natural disasters emerging markets volatility, and pandemics. We run various global warming and weather scenarios on the geographical footprint of our facilities as well as our suppliers in line with the recommendations of the Taskforce on Climate related Financial Disclosures. Philips has deployed a global Business Continuity Management System, which is aligned to, and certified against, the ISO standard for Business Continuity.

Philips manages carbon pricing risk by reducing its full value chain carbon footprint and partnering with suppliers to reduce their environmental footprint and closely monitor carbon regulations including carbon taxes. Philips manages the risk of rising commodity prices by several means, including long-term contracting and keeping physical inventories. Philips closely monitors price developments and takes pricing action where appropriate.

Philips could be exposed to a significant enterprise cybersecurity breach.

Philips relies on information technology to operate and manage its businesses and store confidential data (relating to employees, customers, intellectual property, suppliers and other partners). Philips’ products, solutions and services increasingly contain sophisticated and complex information technology. We control and process confidential data related to patients and customers. The healthcare industry is subject to strict privacy, security and safety regulations with regard to a wide range of health information. At the same time geopolitical conflicts and criminal activity continue to drive increases in the number, severity and sophistication of cyber-attacks globally. Considering the general increase in cyber-crime, our customers and other stakeholders are becoming more demanding regarding the cybersecurity of our products and services. As a multinational health technology company, Philips is inherently and increasingly exposed to the risk of cyber-attacks. Information systems may be damaged, disrupted (including the provision of services to customers) or shut down due to cyber-attacks. In addition, breaches in the security of our systems (or the systems of our customers, suppliers or other partners) could result in the misappropriation, destruction or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information (including intellectual property) or personal data belonging to us or our employees, customers, suppliers or other partners. These risks are particularly significant with respect to patient medical records. Cyber-attacks may result in substantial costs and other negative consequences, which may include, but are not limited to, lost revenues, reputational damage, remediation and enhancement costs, and other liabilities to regulators, customers and other partners, or penalties. While Philips deals with the operational threat of cybercrime on a continuous basis and has so far been able to prevent significant damage or significant monetary cost in taking corrective action, there can be no assurance that future cyber-attacks will not result in significant or other consequences than as described above, which may result in a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips has established a Group Security function and implemented security management processes and controls, and monitors risk trends on material security topics, such as the risk of security breaches in our information systems and our products and services. The Security Steering Committee continuously monitors the risks, required investments and progress made on the program to reduce security risk. Risk workshops are held across the company to calibrate cybersecurity risks and the appropriate risk appetite.

Philips assesses and continuously improves key security controls for business applications and conducts vulnerability scans. We have strengthened the IT function to assure IT systems are kept up to date and applications are designed and developed with security in mind. We run mandatory Security trainings across the company. Philips evaluates its supply chain and continuously monitors the security maturity of critical suppliers and their performance against contractually agreed security standards. Philips also continuously improves the Philips Business System to ensure adequate security management of products and services via the Quality Management Systems. 

Philips maintains relationships and cooperates with several government intelligence and law enforcement agencies, as well as with healthcare sector-specific Information Sharing and Analysis Centers (ISACs) and Cyber Emergency Response Teams (CERTs), to remain abreast of new threats.

Philips is exposed to risks in connection with business transformation and IT system changes and continuity.

Philips expects to engage in multiple transformation programs to support the shift of our business and enable our IT landscape for our health technology strategy. If we do not effectively execute and deliver on those transformation programs, including any upgrades to the Philips IT architecture, this may result in us not realizing our business growth, operational excellence and solutions ambitions, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Philips continuously seeks to create a more open, standardized and cost-effective IT landscape, for instance through further outsourcing, offshoring, commoditization and ongoing reduction in the number of IT systems. These changes create third-party dependency risk with regard to the delivery of IT services, the availability of IT systems, and the scope and nature of the functionality offered by IT systems. Although Philips has sought to strengthen security measures and quality controls relating to these systems, these measures may prove to be insufficient or unsuccessful, which may lead to a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips has a dedicated business transformation and implementation organization which drives end-to-end orchestration of transformations across the organization. To support the transformation programs, Philips has created several practices to drive a culture of performance and to ensure programs are effective. These practices include Lean and Agile, Change Management, Project Management, Knowledge Management, and Performance Management. Philips is rolling out an Enterprise Process Framework to simplify and standardize our business processes and supporting enterprise (IT) architecture. 

Philips uses a structured IT risk management method to identify and address risks to our critical business applications. Our ongoing IT Business Continuity Management activities include real-time monitoring of availability, redundancies, testing, and upgrading of applications. We regularly validate IT systems and continuously improve our IT Change Management capabilities to make sure that every change of an IT system is executed in a controlled way and sufficiently tested to minimize the impact in terms of business disruption due to failure of the system.

Philips is dependent on its people for leadership and specialized skills and may be unable to attract and retain such personnel. 

The attraction and retention of talented employees is critical to Philips’ success and the loss of employees with specialized skills could result in business interruptions. There is fierce competition to attract talent in key capability segments and the heightened expectation of attrition post-pandemic increases the risk of loss of talent and critical skills. COVID-19 may continue to present challenges to team interactions and the onboarding of new people. Philips is competing for the best talent and most sought-after skills, and there is no assurance of succeeding compared to other companies in attracting and retaining the highly qualified employees needed in the future. Wage inflation is increasing the competition for talent and the cost of labor. This may negatively impact our ability to deliver on our strategic imperatives and if we are unable to offset the increased costs of labor through higher selling prices, then rising costs could also have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips continuously assesses capability gaps for its key positions and has initiatives in place to close any employee capability gaps. This includes monitoring and understanding the drivers behind attrition, maintaining appropriate remuneration structures aimed at attracting and retaining talent, and leveraging its purpose and contribution to societal and environmental challenges as a differentiating proposition for employees.

Philips measures employee engagement through regular surveys and benchmarks the results against high-performing external norms and across the organization. Philips performs deep-dives where necessary (for instance relating to the COVID-19 pandemic) and drives improvement actions to address any gaps. For example, the company is running a ‘Future of Work’ program to drive a hybrid-model approach, with continued emphasis on embracing flexibility, being at our best, and impactful collaboration.

COVID-19 and other pandemics could have an adverse effect on Philips’ operations and employees.

COVID-19 continued to affect Philips’ operations and results in 2021 and Philips continues to see uncertainty and volatility related to the impact of COVID-19 across the world and in underserved communities in particular. This is driven by, among other things, the effectiveness of vaccination programs, mutations of COVID-19, and potentially new viruses which may cause new pandemics. COVID-19 may continue to impact delivery on our triple duty of care in various ways: the health and safety of our employees (in various working environments, such as production, supply, field service, Research & Development, and working from home); meeting critical customer needs (for example, our production capacity and our ability to deliver, install and provide service); and business continuity (for example, our functional operations, supply chain, and commercial processes). Responses to the risks of COVID-19 are expected to require effort and expense and may negatively affect Philips’ business, financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, Philips’ customers may not yet be fully focused on making new investments in medical equipment or may be facing liquidity issues caused by COVID-19, which may adversely impact Philips’ revenue and cash flow generation.

Risk response: The Philips Group Crisis Operations team has activated a comprehensive COVID-19 response program, which is continuously being matured and helps Philips to be better prepared to respond to potential future events. Philips is focused on delivering on its triple duty of care:

  • Safeguarding the health and safety of employees (including personal hygiene measures and safety protocols, working from home protocol, safe working environments, personal protective equipment);
  • Meeting critical customer needs (including production volume ramp-up, delivery and installation of critical equipment, fair and ethical allocation of scarce equipment and supplies, customer services, updated clinical guidance, increased cloud-enabled telehealth, remote patient engagement and hub-and-spoke models); and
  • Ensuring business continuity (including liquidity measures and our Business Continuity Management System covering functional operations, the integrated supply chain and commercial processes).

Philips may face challenges to drive operational excellence and speed in bringing innovations to market.

To gain sustainable competitive advantage and to deliver on our purpose and the Quadruple Aim (better health outcomes, improved patient experience, improved staff experience and lower cost of care), it is important that Philips continues to innovate and delivers these innovations to the market on a timely basis. The emergence of new low-cost competitors, particularly in Asia, further underlines the importance of improvements in the innovation process. Success in launching innovations depends on a number of factors, including defining the right value propositions, the right architecture and platform creation, development, market acceptance, production and delivery ramp-up, potential quality issues or other defects in the early stages of introduction. This also depends on the ability to attract and retain skilled employees. Costs of developing new products and solutions may be reflected on Philips’ balance sheet and may be subject to write-down or impairment depending on the performance of such products or services and the significance and timing of such write-downs or impairments are uncertain. Accordingly, Philips cannot determine in advance the ultimate effect that innovations will have on its financial condition and operating results. If Philips fails to create and commercialize its innovations, it may lose market share and competitiveness, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: Philips is in continuous dialogue with customers to better understand their needs and to reaffirm that its strategy is translated into a balanced portfolio of products, software, services and integrated solutions and a corresponding innovation pipeline. Philips is driving a marketing transformation to accelerate the understanding of rapidly evolving customer needs and to translate that understanding into integrated value propositions. Philips is also driving the Customer First Innovation transformation to accelerate its innovation ambitions and effectiveness across all elements of the Philips Business System, with a focus on digital platform-based solutions and software-defined systems, leveraging data and AI at scale. New ways of working will be anchored in improved processes and tools in all aspects of customer needs-focused innovation (from exploration to launch in the market and eventually customer success management). This is part of a broader transformation program, based on Lean Management and enabled by a dedicated Business Transformation organization, to enable Philips’ overall strategic imperatives.

6.5Compliance risks

Philips is exposed to non-compliance of its products and services with various regulations and standards, including quality, product safety and security.

Philips operates in a highly regulated health-technology product safety and quality environment and its products and services, including parts or materials from suppliers, are subject to regulation by various government and regulatory agencies (e.g. FDA (US), EMA (Europe), NMPA (China), MHRA (UK), ASNM (France), BfArM (Germany), and IGZ (the Netherlands)). In the European Union (EU), the Medical Device Regulation (EU MDR) became effective in May 2021 and imposes significant additional pre-market and post-market requirements. Examples of other product-related regulations are the EU’s Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS), Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) and Energy-using Products (EuP) regulations. We are subject to various domestic, EU, US and foreign environmental laws and regulations, which are continuing to develop. Any failure to comply with such environmental laws and regulations could expose us to lawsuits, administrative penalties and civil remedies, which may have a material adverse impact on Philips’ business, financial condition and operating results.

Philips has observed an increase in security requirements in a variety of new and upcoming legislation dealing with market access of consumer goods, medical devices, information and communication technology (ICT) products, (cloud) services, and specific areas such as data protection, Artificial Intelligence and supply chain. Both regulators and customers require us to demonstrate legal compliance and adequate security management using national and international standards and associated certifications. Non-compliance with conditions imposed by regulatory authorities could result in product recalls, a temporary ban on products, stoppages at production facilities, remediation costs, fines, disgorgements of profits or claims for damages. Product safety incidents or user concerns could trigger inspections by the FDA or other regulatory agencies, which, if failed, could trigger the impacts described above as well as other consequences. These issues could adversely impact Philips’ financial condition or operating result through lost revenue and cost of any required remedial actions, penalties or claims for damages and could also negatively impact Philips’ reputation, brand, relationship with customers and market share.

Risk response: Philips is committed to delivering the highest-quality products, services and solutions compliant with all applicable laws and standards. Our Quality & Regulatory function closely monitors developments in the regulatory landscape. Through specialist teams at global, regional or local level, detailed standards and requirements are defined and continuously improved as an integral part of our process standards and through dedicated programs when needed, with the aim of ensuring that our employees are aware of and able to comply with these requirements. In the event of potential compliance issues, we actively engage with the regulatory authorities with respect to compliance and remediation where relevant. For example, in June 2021 our subsidiary, Philips Respironics, initiated a voluntary recall notification for certain sleep and respiratory care products to address identified potential health risks, and the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) conducted an inspection of a Philips Respironics manufacturing facility in connection with the recall. We are working closely with the FDA to clarify and follow up on the inspectional findings and its recent requests related to comprehensive testing.

For more information, refer to the sub-section Quality & Regulatory in the Governance section of the ESG chapter in this report and Provisions and Contingent assets and liabilities.

Philips is exposed to the risks of non-compliance with business conduct rules and regulations, including anti-bribery, healthcare compliance and data privacy.


In the execution of its strategy, Philips could be exposed to the risk of non-compliance with business conduct rules and regulations. This risk is heightened in growth geographies, as the legal and regulatory environment is less developed compared to mature geographies. Examples of compliance risk areas include commission payments to third parties, remuneration payments to agents, distributors, consultants and the like, as well as the acceptance of gifts, which may be considered in some markets to be normal local business practice. The ongoing digitalization of Philips’ products and services, including its holding of personal health data and medical data, increases the importance of compliance with data privacy and similar laws. These risks could adversely affect Philips’ financial condition, reputation and brand and trigger the additional risk of exposure to governmental investigations, inquiries and legal proceedings and fines. For further details, please refer to the sub-section Legal proceedings within the Contingent assets and liabilities note to the Group Financial Statements.


Risk response: Over the years, we have extensively transformed the company and strengthened our business processes. As part of that, we have invested substantially in adherence to our General Business Principles through the deployment of various compliance and awareness programs, as well as the establishment of policies and processes that reinforce adherence. With respect to privacy, Philips has established a Privacy Framework, which includes policies, standards and procedures (such as Binding Corporate Rules), with the aim of ensuring compliance with applicable data protection laws and regulations and ensuring ‘privacy by design’ in all our services and solutions.

For more details, please refer to the sub-section Philips General Business Principles in the section headed “Our approach to risk management”.

6.6Financial risks

Philips is exposed to a variety of treasury and financing risks, including liquidity, currency, credit and country risk.

Negative developments impacting the liquidity of global capital markets could affect Philips’ ability to raise or re-finance debt in the capital markets or could lead to significant increases in the cost of such borrowing in the future. If the markets expect a downgrade by the rating agencies, or if such a downgrade has actually taken place, this could increase the cost of borrowing, reduce our potential investor base and adversely affect our business.

Philips’ financing and liquidity position may also impact its ability to implement or complete any share buyback program or distribute any dividends in accordance with its dividend policy or at all. Any announced share buyback program or dividend policy may also be amended, suspended or terminated at any time, including at Philips’ discretion or as a result of applicable law, regulation or regulatory guidance, and any such amendment, suspension or termination could negatively affect the trading price of, increase trading price volatility of or reduce the market liquidity of Philips’ shares or other securities. Additionally, any share buyback program or distribution of dividend could diminish Philips’ cash or other reserves, which may impact its ability to finance future growth and to pursue possible future strategic opportunities. Any share buyback program or dividend payment will depend on factors such as availability of financing, liquidity position, business outlook, cash flow requirements and financial performance, the state of the market and the general economic climate (including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic) and other factors, including tax and other regulatory considerations. Philips and its subsidiaries may also be subject to limitations on the distribution of shareholders’ equity under applicable law.

Philips operates in over 100 countries and its reported earnings and equity are therefore inevitably exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates of foreign currencies against the euro. Philips’ sales and net investments in its foreign subsidiaries are sensitive in particular to movements in the US dollar, Japanese yen, Chinese renminbi and a wide range of other currencies from developed and emerging economies. Philips’ sourcing and manufacturing spend is concentrated in the European Union, the United States and China. Income from operations is particularly sensitive to movements in currencies of countries where Philips has no or very small-scale manufacturing/local sourcing activities but significant sales of its products or services, such as Japan, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, and a range of emerging markets such as Russia, South Korea, Indonesia, India and Brazil.

In view of the long lifecycle of health technology solution sales and long-term strategic partnerships, the financial risk of counterparties with outstanding payment obligations creates exposure risks for Philips, particularly in relation to accounts receivable from customers, liquid assets, and the fair value of derivatives and insurance contracts with financial counterparties. A default by counterparties in such transactions can have a material adverse effect on Philips’ financial condition and operating results.

Risk response: At Philips, liquidity is monitored by the Group Treasury department, which tracks the actual cash flow for the Group against forecasts of the liquidity requirements on both a short- and longer-term basis. This includes regular reviews of liquidity versus credit rating constraints to manage the risk of potential negative outlooks or downgrades in credit ratings. Philips manages the available liquidity for the Group in several ways, e.g. by spreading maturities of external debt over time and by having appropriate standby credit facilities available. As an example, Philips committed approximately half of the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program for capital reduction purposes by entering into a number of forward transactions, with settlement dates in 2022, 2023 and 2024. The remainder of the program was executed through open market purchases.

Philips hedges the anticipated net exposure of developed-market foreign currencies resulting from sales, purchases and net investments in its foreign subsidiaries in those currencies. For emerging markets, Philips mainly relies on pricing adjustments for its products and services to counteract any expected depreciation of emerging-market currencies. Philips performs ongoing evaluations of the financial and non-financial condition of its customers and other counterparties and uses various tools to manage the credit risks.

Please also refer to Details of treasury and other financial risks.

Philips is exposed to tax risks which could have a significant adverse financial impact.

Philips is exposed to tax risks which could result in double taxation, penalties and interest payments. The source of the risks could originate from local tax rules and regulations as well as international and EU regulatory frameworks. These include transfer pricing risks on internal cross-border deliveries of goods and services, as well as tax risks relating to changes in the transfer pricing model. Furthermore Philips is exposed to tax risks related to acquisitions and divestments, tax risks related to permanent establishments, tax risks relating to tax loss, interest and tax credits carried forward, and potential changes in tax law that could result in higher tax expenses and payments. The risks may have a significant impact on local financial tax results, which, in turn, could adversely affect Philips’ financial condition and operating results. The value of the deferred tax assets, such as tax losses carried forward, is subject to the availability of sufficient taxable income within the tax loss-carry-forward period, but also to the availability of sufficient taxable income within the foreseeable future in the case of tax losses carried forward with an indefinite carry-forward period. The ultimate realization of the company’s deferred tax assets is uncertain. Accordingly, there can be no absolute assurance that all deferred tax assets, such as (net) tax losses and credits carried forward, will be realized.

Risk response: Philips’ tax policy, strategy and planning provides overarching governance. The global Philips tax organization designs and implements this and provides tax advice, ensures tax compliance, including accounting and reporting, and deploys our tax risk management and control framework to ensure adherence to up-to-date tax policies. The Group Tax department is in charge of establishing, maintaining and overseeing the tax policies. Potential risks are carefully monitored and dealt with by tax specialists from relevant areas (e.g. corporate income tax, transfer pricing, indirect taxes, wage tax and tax accounting). A group of Market Tax Managers helps to manage the risks and overall tax governance by applying their knowledge of local markets (e.g. introduction of new tax law), among others in monthly reviews.

Please also refer to the disclosure Income taxes and the Country Activity and Tax Report

Flaws in internal controls could adversely affect our financial reporting and management process.

Accurate disclosures provide investors and other market professionals with significant information for a better understanding of Philips’ businesses. Failures in internal controls or other issues with respect to Philips’ public disclosures, including disclosures with respect to cybersecurity risks and incidents, could create market uncertainty regarding the reliability of the information (including financial data) presented and could have a negative impact on the price of Philips securities. In addition, the reliability of revenue and expenditure data is key for steering the businesses and for managing top-line and bottom-line growth. The long lifecycle of health technology solution sales, from order acceptance to accepted installation and servicing, together with the complexity of the accounting rules for when revenue can be recognized in the accounts, presents a challenge in terms of ensuring consistent and correct application of the accounting rules throughout Philips’ global business. Significant changes in the way of working, such as working from home during a pandemic, may have an adverse impact on the control environment under which controls are executed, monitored, reviewed and tested. Any flaws in internal controls, or regulatory or investor actions in connection with flaws in internal controls, could adversely affect Philips’ financial condition, results of operation, reputation and brand.

Risk response: Philips’ Business Control Framework (PBCF) sets the standard for risk management and internal control over financial reporting. Key components of our PCBF are our Financial Code of Ethics (to deter wrongdoings and to promote honest and ethical conduct, full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosures, and internal reporting of (suspected) violations) and standards on management testing of controls. Please also refer to the section for more information on our PBCF.

7Supervisory Board

In the two-tier corporate structure under Dutch law, the Supervisory Board is a separate body that is independent of the Board of Management and the company. The Supervisory Board supervises the policies, management and general affairs of Philips, and assists the Board of Management and the Executive Committee with advice. Please also refer to Supervisory Board within the chapter Corporate governance.

Feike Sijbesma2)3)
Born 1959, Dutch
Chairman of the Supervisory Board since May 2021
Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2020; first term expires in 2024
Former CEO and member of the Managing Board of Koninklijke DSM NV. Currently Honorary Chairman of Koninklijke DSM NV, member of the Supervisory Board of Dutch Central Bank (DNB), non-executive Director of Unilever NV, Co-Chair of the Global Climate Adaptation Center and Member of the Board of Trustees of the World Economic Forum.
Chua Sock Koong1)
Born 1957, Singaporean
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2021; first term expires in 2025

Former Group CEO of Singapore Telecommunications Limited and currently member of the Board of Directors of Prudential plc, Bharti Airtel Limited, Bharti Telecom Limited and Cap Vista Pte Ltd. Member of the Council of Presidential Advisors of Singapore, Deputy Chairman of the Public Service Commission of Singapore.

Neelam Dhawan1)
Born 1959, Indian
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2012; third term expires in 2022
Non-Executive Board Member of ICICI Bank Limited, Yatra Online Inc, Skylo Technologies Inc and Capita plc. Chair of the Board of Directors at Capillary Technologies Ltd. Former Vice President, Global Sales and Alliance - Asia Pacific & Japan, Hewlett Packard Enterprise.
Liz Doherty1)
Born 1957, British/Irish
Chairwoman of the Audit Committee
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2019; first term expires in 2023
Former CFO and board member of Reckitt Benckiser Group PLC, former CFO of Brambles Ltd, former non-executive director and audit committee member at Delhaize Group, Nokia Corp., SABMiller PLC and Dunelm Group PLC. Currently, member of the Supervisory Board and Chairwoman of the audit committee of Novartis AG and of Corbion N.V. Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. Former non-executive board member of the UK Ministry of Justice and of Her Majesty’s Courts and Tribunals Service (UK). Currently advisor to GBfoods SA and Affinity Petcare SA, subsidiaries of Agrolimen SA.
Marc Harrison4)
Born 1964, American
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2018; first term expires in 2022
Currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Intermountain Healthcare. Former Chief of International Business Development for Cleveland Clinic and Chief Executive Officer of Cleveland Clinic Abu Dhabi.
Peter Löscher1)4)
Born 1957, Austrian
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2020; first term expires in 2024
Former President and CEO of Siemens AG, President of Global Human Health and Member of the Executive Board of Merck & Co., President and CEO of GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences and member of GE’s Corporate Executive Council, CEO and Delegate of the Board of Directors of Renova Management AG. Currently Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sulzer AG, member of the Board of Directors of Telefónica S.A. and Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Telefónica Deutschland Holding AG, Non-Executive Director of Thyssen-Bornemisza Group AG and Doha Venture Capital LLC and Senior Advisor at Bain Capital Private Equity. 
Indra Nooyi3)
Born 1955, American
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2021; first term expires in 2025

Former CFO and Chairman and CEO of PepsiCo. Currently member of the Board of Directors and Chair of the Audit Committee of Amazon, Inc. Member of the International Board of Advisors of Temasek, member of the Board of Trustees and Executive Committee of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

David Pyott2)4)
Born 1953, British/American
Chairman of the Quality & Regulatory Committee
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2015; second term expires in 2023
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Allergan, Inc. and former Lead Director of Avery Dennison Corporation. Currently member of the Board of Directors of Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc., BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. and Pliant Therapeutics. Deputy Chairman of the Governing Board of London Business School, member of the Board of Trustees of California Institute of Technology, President of the Ophthalmology Foundation and President of the Advisory Board of the Foundation of the American Academy of Ophthalmology. 
Paul Stoffels2)3) 
Born 1962, Belgian
Vice-Chairman and Secretary
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2018; first term expires in 2022
With effect from April 1, 2022, CEO of Galapagos NV. Until January 1, 2022, Vice Chair of the Executive Committee and Chief Scientific Officer at Johnson & Johnson. Previously, Worldwide Chair of Pharmaceuticals at Johnson & Johnson, CEO of Virco and Chairman of Tibotec.
For a current overview of the Supervisory Board members, see also https://www.philips.com/a-w/about/supervisory-board.html
1)member of the Audit Committee2)member of the Remuneration Committee3)member of the Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee4)member of the Quality & Regulatory Committee
At a glance
Supervisory Board report

Feike Sijbesma appointed as Chairman; changes in Supervisory Board composition

Regular discussion of strategy, risks, performance, quality and patient safety, ESG and succession planning

Deep-dives into strategy and performance of selected business clusters and markets

Reports of Supervisory Board committees

8Supervisory Board report

Letter from the Chairman of the Supervisory Board 


Dear Stakeholder,

2021 was a challenging, mixed year for Philips, as the company saw strong performance across most of its core businesses offset by a number of significant headwinds – increasing supply chain pressures, the COVID-19-related postponement of equipment installations, and the consequences of the voluntary recall by Philips Respironics. However, in view of the strong customer demand and record-high order book, the company expects to resume its growth and margin expansion trajectory in the course of 2022, with a comparable sales decline at the start of the year followed by a recovery and strong second half of the year.

In June, Philips' subsidiary Respironics initiated a voluntary recall notification for certain sleep and respiratory care products, to address potential health risks related to the sound abatement foam in these devices. Following the substantial ramp-up of production, service and repair capacity in close dialogue with regulators across the world, the repair and replacement program is well under way in the United States and several other markets. As a company wholly committed to patient safety, Philips fully understands the impact this issue has had on patients and care givers.

In September, Philips successfully completed the sale of the Domestic Appliances business, concluding its major divestments. We believe this will allow Philips to focus fully on continuing its transformation into a solutions company and extending its leadership in health technology. 

Strategy and portfolio continue to resonate with customers

Health systems around the world are striving to transform the delivery of care, with the aim of improving health outcomes, patient and staff experience, and productivity. Philips’ strategy and portfolio of innovations across the health continuum – supporting personal health, precision diagnosis, image-guided therapies and connected care, and leveraging the power of data and informatics – continues to resonate very well with customers.

In recent years, Philips has invested significantly in informatics and data science, as well as cloud technology, to enable the delivery of solutions across care settings. This drive continued in 2021 with the acquisitions of BioTelemetry and Capsule Technologies in particular, strengthening Philips’ leadership in patient care management solutions for the hospital and the home.

Customers’ appreciation for Philips’ strategy was underlined by the 80 long-term strategic partnerships the company signed with hospitals and health systems around the world in the course of the year.

ESG commitments

As a purpose-driven company, Philips has adopted a fully integrated approach to doing business responsibly and sustainably. In 2021, Philips continued to deliver on the key commitments set out in its Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) framework – e.g. by remaining carbon-neutral in its own operations, by engaging with suppliers and customers to help minimize environmental impact across the value chain, as well as by leading the transition to a circular economy and extending access to care for underserved communities. In 2021, Philips also published its first Country Activity and Tax Report, providing transparency on taxes paid and collected in the countries where it operates.

Supervisory Board 

The Supervisory Board spent several sessions in 2021 reviewing, among other things, the Philips Respironics recall, quality, strategy, risk, business controls, financial and business performance, as well as its talent pipeline and succession planning, and Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) programs.

At the AGM in May, the Supervisory Board was strengthened by the addition of Indra Nooyi and Chua Sock Koong. Indra Nooyi is a proven business leader in the consumer sectors, with a strong track record of delivering sustained profitable growth, while doing business sustainably and responsibly. Chua Sock Koong brings in-depth knowledge of information technology and the growth of digital services businesses, as well as extensive experience of business in Asia. Their strategic insights will be of great value to our Board and to Philips, as the company strives to expand its leadership in health technology solutions.

We are also very pleased to propose Herna Verhagen and Sanjay Poonen as new members of the Supervisory Board to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which will be held on May 10, 2022. With her proven track record in driving a customer-first company culture and a background in e-commerce logistics, Herna Verhagen will bring valued and new perspectives to the Supervisory Board, while Sanjay Poonen’s extensive experience in enterprise IT and cloud-enabled business models will further strengthen the Supervisory Board’s digital competencies.

I am honored to have taken over the role as Chairman of the Supervisory Board in May 2021. I would like to record the Supervisory Board’s gratitude to my predecessor, Jeroen van der Veer, for his many years of leadership. I also wish to thank Christine Poon and Orit Gadiesh, who stepped down from the Supervisory Board in 2021, and Neelam Dhawan, who will step down at the end of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2022, for their long-term counsel and support. Together with my fellow Supervisory Board members, I look forward to providing continued oversight of Philips as it acts on its purpose of improving people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation, and advising the Board of Management where applicable.

Feike Sijbesma
Chairman of the Supervisory Board

Introduction Supervisory Board Report

The Supervisory Board supervises and advises the Board of Management and Executive Committee in performing their management tasks and setting the direction of the business of the Philips Group. As members of the Supervisory Board, we act in the interests of Royal Philips, its businesses and all its stakeholders. This report includes a more specific description of the Supervisory Board’s activities during the financial year 2021 and other relevant information on its functioning.

Activities of the Supervisory Board

The overview below indicates key matters that we reviewed and/or discussed during meetings in the course of 2021:

  • Regular assessments of the company’s overall strategy to extend its leadership as a health technology company. These included reviews of the strategic priorities for each of the business clusters, the company’s informatics strategy and its strategy in key markets and the Philips Business System (the company’s standard operating model). An external expert provided the Supervisory Board with an external perspective on digital health in the coming five years and the challenges and opportunities this brings to the company;
  • Regular reviews of the company’s acquisitions, divestments and partnerships funnel;
  • Selected acquisitions and divestments, including the acquisitions of BioTelemetry, Inc., Capsule Technologies, Inc., Cardiologs (closed on January 7, 2022), and Vesper Medical Inc. (closed on January 11, 2022) and the divestment of the Domestic Appliances business;
  • The (business) performance of the Philips Group and its underlying businesses, as well as the company’s flexibility under its capital structure and credit ratings to pay dividends and to fund capital investments, including share repurchases and other financial initiatives and the EUR 1.5 billion share buyback program the company announced on July 26, 2021;
  • The (business) performance of companies previously acquired by the company;
  • Oversight of the adequacy of financial and internal controls;
  • Capital allocation, including the dividend policy and pay-out and the M&A framework;
  • The performance of the Integrated Supply Chain and an update on the key transformation programs and the progress made;
  • Geopolitical developments and their impact on Philips’ business;
  • Philips’ annual management commitments, including the 2022 key performance indicators for the Executive Committee, the 2022 targets for such key performance indicators, and the annual operating plan for 2022;
  • Quality & Regulatory compliance, systems and processes. In view of the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification related to the sound abatement foam in certain sleep and respiratory care products (announced on June 14, 2021), the Supervisory Board regularly discussed this issue and the progress made with respect to the repair and replacement program with Management. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board was regularly updated on the internal Accelerating Patient Safety and Quality program that was launched by the company in the course of 2021. Also refer to the description of the activities of the Quality & Regulatory Committee in the section Report of the Quality & Regulatory Committee of this Supervisory Board report;
  • The company’s quality transformation journey, as embedded in the Philips Business System;
  • Enterprise risk management, including updates on and improvements of the relevant processes, the outcome of the annual risk assessment dialogue with the Executive Committee, an update of the top risks faced by the Philips Group, the possible impact of such risks, and control and mitigation measures. Reference is made to the section Our approach to risk management;
  • The succession of Jeroen van der Veer as Chairman of the Supervisory Board by Feike Sijbesma and the changes in the composition of the committees of the Supervisory Board;
  • The company’s People strategy, review of talent management, leadership and talent development, leadership culture, inclusion and diversity, and succession planning for executive management;
  • Evaluation of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee based on the achievement of specific group and individual targets approved by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the year;
  • Significant civil litigation claims against, and public investigations into, Philips;
  • Philips’ Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) approach, comprising an update on the launch of, and progress made with respect to the 2025 ESG key programs and sustainability commitments and aims ( including circular revenues) and Philips’ aim to improve the health and well-being of 2.5 billion people per year by 2030 through meaningful innovation, as well as how ESG is embedded in the Philips Business System. 

The Supervisory Board also conducted 'deep dives' into a range of topics including:

  • Strategy and performance trajectory, and major innovations (including demonstrations of latest innovations) in the Personal Health, Diagnosis & Treatment and Connected Care segments;
  • The strategy and performance of Philips North America and Philips International Markets, including market trends, business performance and key strategic and transformation initiatives and priorities.

The Supervisory Board also reviewed Philips’ annual and interim financial statements, including non-financial information, prior to publication.

Supervisory Board meetings and attendance

In 2021, the members of the Supervisory Board convened for seven regular meetings and two extraordinary meetings. Moreover, we collectively and individually interacted with members of the Board of Management, the Executive Committee and with senior management outside the formal Supervisory Board meetings. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the CEO met regularly for bilateral discussions about the company’s progress on a variety of matters. Indra Nooyi and Chua Sock Koong, appointed to the Supervisory Board with effect from May 6, 2021, followed an induction program and interacted with the members of the Board of Management and various Executive Committee members for deep dives on strategy, finance and investor relations, governance and legal affairs.

The Supervisory Board meetings were well attended in 2021. All Supervisory Board members were present during the Supervisory Board meetings in 2021, with the exception of one member unable to attend the January 2021 meeting, one member unable to attend the February 2021 meeting, and one member unable to attend the October 2021 meeting. The committees of the Supervisory Board also convened regularly (see the separate reports of the committees below) and the committees reported back on their activities to the full Supervisory Board. In addition to the formal meetings of the Board and its committees, the Board members held private meetings. We, as members of the Supervisory Board, devoted sufficient time to engage (proactively if the circumstances so required) in our supervisory responsibilities.

Because of restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees were mostly held virtually and there have been limited local site visits by Supervisory Board members.

Composition, diversity and self-evaluation by the Supervisory Board

The Supervisory Board is a separate corporate body that is independent of the Board of Management and the company. Its independent character is also reflected in the requirement that members of the Supervisory Board can be neither a member of the Board of Management nor an employee of the company. The Supervisory Board considers all its members to be independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Furthermore, the members of its Audit Committee are independent under the rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, applicable to the Audit Committee.

The Supervisory Board currently consists of nine members. In 2021, there were a number of changes to the composition of the Board, all effective as per (the end of) the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in 2021. Indra Nooyi and Chua Sock Koong were each appointed as a member of the Supervisory Board for a term of four years. The term of appointment of Jeroen van der Veer and Christine Poon expired and Orit Gadiesh stepped down from the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board appointed Feike Sijbesma as Chair of the Supervisory Board, and Paul Stoffels as Vice-Chair and Secretary of the Supervisory Board.

The agenda for the upcoming 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders will include proposals to re-appoint Paul Stoffels and Marc Harrison as members of the Supervisory Board and to appoint Herna Verhagen and Sanjay Poonen as new members of the Supervisory Board. At the end of the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the term of appointment of Neelam Dhawan will expire. She will step down from the Supervisory Board after having served a decade on the Supervisory Board. We, as members of the Supervisory Board, would like to take this opportunity to thank Neelam Dhawan for her contributions to our work and are very pleased with the availability of the proposed new members (subject to their appointment at the 2022 AGM).

The Supervisory Board attaches great value to diversity in its composition and has adopted a Diversity Policy for the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee. As laid down in the Diversity Policy, the aim is that the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee comprise members with a European and a non-European background (nationality, working experience or otherwise) and overall at least four different nationalities, and that they comprise at least 30% male and at least 30% female members. The Supervisory Board’s composition furthermore follows the profile included in the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board, which aims for an appropriate combination of knowledge and experience among its members, encompassing marketing, manufacturing, technology and informatics, healthcare, financial, economic, social and legal aspects of international business and government and public administration in relation to the global and multiproduct character of Philips’ businesses. The aim is also to have one or more members with an executive or similar position in business or society no longer than five years ago. The composition of the Supervisory Board shall be in accordance with the best practice provisions on independence of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, and each member of the Supervisory Board shall be capable of assessing the broad outline of the overall policy of the company. The size of the Supervisory Board may vary as it considers appropriate to support its profile.

The Supervisory Board spent time in 2021 considering its composition, as well as the composition of the Executive Committee (including the Board of Management). Currently, the composition of the Supervisory Board meets the above-mentioned gender diversity goals, as 44% of the Supervisory Board members (4 out of 9) are female. Overall, 32% (7 out of 22) of the positions to which the Diversity Policy applies (Supervisory Board and Executive Committee/Board of Management) are held by women. Upon the proposed (re-)appointments at the upcoming 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, 40% of the Supervisory Board members (4 out of 10) will be female and 30% of the positions to which the Diversity Policy applies will be held by women. The proposed (re)appointments are in accordance with the mandatory gender quota imposed by Dutch law, effective 2022, requiring that at least one-third of the supervisory board members are women (and at least one-third are men). 

As explained in the report of the Corporate Governance and Nomination and Selection Committee and the section Inclusion & Diversity of this Annual Report, the company continues its efforts to enhance inclusion and diversity in the entire organization. Philips’ company-wide commitment towards Inclusion & Diversity is reflected in the Inclusion & Diversity Policy, the General Business Principles and the Fair Employment Policy, which were all updated in 2021. The company continues to put in place measures to enhance diversity and inclusion at all levels within the organization. Philips has set a goal of 35% gender diversity in senior leadership positions (a subset of Management and Executive positions) by the end of 2025. The Supervisory Board expects these efforts to contribute to the achievement of the company’s gender (and other) diversity goals, although there may be various pragmatic reasons – such as other relevant selection criteria and the availability of suitable candidates – that could have an impact on the achievement of our goals. The Supervisory Board will continue to devote attention to this topic in 2022.

In 2021, each member of the Supervisory Board completed a questionnaire to verify compliance with the applicable corporate governance rules and the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board. The outcome of this survey was satisfactory. 

An independent external party facilitated the 2021 self-evaluation process for the Supervisory Board and its committees. This included drafting and submitting relevant questionnaires, interviewing members of the Supervisory Board as well as aggregating and reporting on the results. The questionnaires covered topics such as the composition of the Supervisory Board and the required profile (in terms of skills and experience, geographical coverage and diversity) of future Supervisory Board members, stakeholder oversight, strategic oversight, the management and focus of the meetings of the Supervisory Board, the effectiveness of the Supervisory Board’s oversight of various aspects of the company’s business (such as product and service quality), risk management, succession planning and human resources oversight, the engagement with Management and recommendations to improve the Supervisory Board’s functioning and ways of working going forward. Furthermore, the performance of the Chairman and of the Supervisory Board’s committees was evaluated separately.

The report on the results of the self-evaluation was shared and discussed in a private meeting of the Supervisory Board. The responses provided by the Supervisory Board members indicated that the Supervisory Board continues to be a well-functioning team, is of an appropriate size and benefits from expertise, diversity and international representation. A number of suggestions were made to further strengthen the Supervisory Board going forward, focusing among others on the following topics: knowledge of medical technology, the key regulatory regimes applicable to the company, the company’s approach to research and development, product design, manufacturing and suppliers (including in the context of quality and patient safety), the overall control structure and reporting lines in the company and succession planning. Early 2022, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board discussed the results of the self-evaluation with each of the individual members of the Supervisory Board, and the evaluation of his own functioning with the Vice-Chairman. Finally, the Supervisory Board noted the smooth transition of the role of the Chairman in 2021.

The periodic use of an external facilitator to measure the functioning of the Supervisory Board will continue to be considered in the future.

Supervisory Board composition

 Feike Sijbesma Paul StoffelsChua Sock Koong1)Neelam DhawanLiz DohertyMarc HarrisonPeter LöscherIndra Nooyi1)David Pyott
Year of birth195919621957195919571964195719551953
GenderMaleMaleFemaleFemaleFemaleMaleMaleFemaleMale
NationalityDutchBelgianSingaporeanIndianBritish/IrishAmericanAustrianAmericanBritish/American
Initial appointment date202020182021201220192018202020212015
Date of (last) (re-)appointmentn/an/an/a2020n/an/an/an/a2019
End of current term202420222025202220232022202420252023
Independentyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyes
Committee memberships2)RC3) & CGNSCRC & CGNSC4)AC5)ACACQRCAR & QRCCGNSC6)AC7), RC8) & QRC
Attendance at Supervisory Board meetings(9/9)(8/9)(7/7)(9/9)(9/9)(9/9)(9/9)(7/7)(9/9)
Attendance at Committee meetingsRC (3/3) CGNS (5/5)RC (4/4) CGNSC (2/2)AC (3/3)AC (5/6)AC (6/6)QRC (6/7)AC (6/6) QRC (7/7)CGNSC (2/2)AC (2/2)
RC (3/3) QRC (7/7)
International businessyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyes
Marketing yes yes  yesyesyes
Manufacturingyesyes yesyes yesyes 
Technology & informaticsyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyes 
Healthcare yes   yesyes yes
Finance yesyes yesyesyesyesyes

Supervisory Board committees

While retaining overall responsibility, the Supervisory Board has assigned certain of its tasks to the three long-standing committees, also referred to in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code: the Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Audit Committee. In 2015, the Supervisory Board also established the Quality & Regulatory Committee. The separate reports of these committees are part of this Supervisory Board report and are published below.

The function of all of the Supervisory Board’s committees is to prepare the decision-making of the full Supervisory Board, and the committees currently have no independent or assigned powers. The full Supervisory Board retains overall responsibility for the activities of its committees.

Financial Statements 2021

The financial statements of the company for 2021, as presented by the Board of Management, have been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP, the independent external auditor appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. We have approved these financial statements, and all individual members of the Supervisory Board have signed these documents (as did the members of the Board of Management).

We recommend to shareholders that they adopt the 2021 financial statements. We likewise recommend to shareholders that they adopt the proposal of the Board of Management to make a distribution of EUR 0.85 per common share, in cash or shares at the option of the shareholder, against the net income of 2021.

Finally, we would like to express our thanks to the members of the Board of Management, the Executive Committee and all other employees for their continued contribution throughout 2021.

February 22, 2022

The Supervisory Board

Feike Sijbesma
Paul Stoffels
Chua Sock Koong
Neelam Dhawan
Liz Doherty
Marc Harrison
Peter Löscher
Indra Nooyi
David Pyott

Further information

To gain a better understanding of the responsibilities of the Supervisory Board and the internal regulations and procedures governing its functioning and that of its committees, please refer to Corporate governance and to the following documents published on the company’s website:

  • Articles of Association
  • Rules of Procedure Supervisory Board, including the Charters of the Supervisory Board committees
  • Diversity Policy for the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee

8.1Report of the Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee

The Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee is chaired by Feike Sijbesma. Its other members are Paul Stoffels (who joined in the course of 2021) and Indra Nooyi (who joined after her appointment as member of the Supervisory Board at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders). The Committee is responsible for the review of selection criteria and appointment procedures for the Board of Management, the Executive Committee, certain other key management positions, as well as the Supervisory Board.

In 2021, Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee members held five meetings and all Committee members attended these meetings.

The Committee devoted time to the appointment or reappointment of candidates to fill current and future vacancies on the Supervisory Board. Following those consultations, it prepared decisions and advised the Supervisory Board on candidates for appointment. This resulted in appointment of Indra Nooyi and Chua Sock Koong as members of the Supervisory Board at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. This also resulted in the proposals to re-appoint Paul Stoffels and Marc Harrison as members of the Supervisory Board and to appoint Herna Verhagen and Sanjay Poonen as new members of the Supervisory Board at the upcoming 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

Under its responsibility for the selection criteria and appointment procedures for Philips’ senior management, the Committee reviewed the functioning of the Board of Management and its individual members, the Executive Committee succession plans and emergency candidates for key roles in the company. The conclusions from these reviews were taken into account in the performance evaluation of the Board of Management and Executive Committee members and the selection of succession candidates. Reference is made to 2022 Annual Incentive,  setting out the performance review of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee members by the Remuneration Committee.

In 2021, the Committee devoted time to the appointment or reappointment of candidates to fill current and future vacancies on the Board of Management and the Executive Committee. This resulted in the re-appointment of Marnix van Ginneken as a member of the Board of Management at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Furthermore, Shez Partovi was appointed as a member of the Executive Committee in his role as Chief Innovation and Strategy Officer, effective July 2021, succeeding Jeroen Tas who stepped down from the Executive Committee at the same time. Rob Cascella and Henk de Jong stepped down from the Executive Committee effective April 2021 and September 2021 respectively.

With respect to corporate governance matters, the Committee discussed relevant developments and legislative changes, including the introduction in Dutch law of a gender quota for supervisory boards, expected Dutch legislation on virtual-only general meetings of shareholders, and European developments in the area of ESG reporting.

Diversity

In 2017, the Supervisory Board adopted a Diversity Policy for the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee, which is published on the company website. The Committee periodically assesses the Diversity Policy and the size and composition of the Supervisory Board and makes recommendations, if relevant, relating to the profile for the Supervisory Board.

The criteria in the Diversity Policy aim to ensure that the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee have the expertise needed for a good understanding of current affairs and longer-term risks and opportunities related to the company’s business and sufficient diversity of views to provide appropriate challenge. The nature and complexity of the company’s business is taken into account when assessing optimal board diversity, as well as the social and environmental context in which the company operates. As explained in its report, the full Supervisory Board spent time in 2021 considering its composition, as well as the composition of the Executive Committee (including the Board of Management). Pursuant to the Diversity Policy, the selection of candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board, Board of Management and Executive Committee will be based on merit. With due regard to the above, the company shall seek to fill vacancies by considering candidates that bring a diversity of (amongst others) age, gender and educational and professional backgrounds.

8.2Report of the Remuneration Committee


8.2.1Letter from the Remuneration Committee Chair

Dear Stakeholder,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to report on the Committee’s activities in 2021 and to present the 2021 Remuneration Report on behalf of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board.

Looking back at the decisions made during the year

The Remuneration Committee has taken a number of decisions and approaches in this past year.

We were pleased that Mr Marnix van Ginneken remained available to be a member of the Board of Management, and our shareholders re-appointed him at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. The Remuneration Committee prepared a new service agreement for him which was shared with our shareholders ahead of the shareholders meeting.

We have noted that a certain number of advisory votes were cast against our Remuneration Report 2020 at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. During our regular engagements with shareholders and institutional advisory organizations some of them raised concerns around our explanation of adjustments made to the adjusted Earnings Per Share (EPS) metric in the Long-Term Incentive Plan for the Board of Management. Whilst we consider our approach in line with our current Remuneration Policy (as adopted in 2020), we have enhanced the disclosure on adjusted EPS performance in this year’s Remuneration Report.

In line with our company-wide delay of salary increases, necessary for cost containment as per the company operating plans, the Supervisory Board followed the proposal of the Remuneration Committee to defer the base salary increases for Messrs Abhijit Bhattacharya and Marnix van Ginneken from April 1 to July 1, 2021. The base salary of Mr Frans van Houten remained unchanged.

Company performance despite headwinds

Philips’ remuneration policy is designed to encourage its employees to deliver on the company’s purpose and strategy, create stakeholder value, and to provide motivation and retention. When assessing the Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive performance, the Remuneration Committee acknowledged Philips’ strong growth in its Diagnosis & Treatment and Personal Health business segments, contributing to the improvement of the health and well-being of 1.67 billion people globally. Moreover, the organic and inorganic portfolio extensions have made Philips’ products, services, and solutions portfolio more competitive than ever, resulting in 80 new long-term strategic partnerships, as well as an all-time-high order book. The company also delivered on focusing its portfolio by successfully divesting the Domestic Appliances business to Hillhouse Investment, realizing a significant financial gain.

At the same time, the Remuneration Committee considered the significant headwinds that Philips experienced in 2021, due to the unprecedented external supply chain constraints and the consequences of the voluntary Philips Respironics field action. The Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive pay-out was impacted significantly by these factors, reducing the realized Total Direct Compensation of the Chief Executive Officer for 2021 to less than half of such compensation for 2020 (taking into account the closing share price at the end of the relevant performance period).

No adjustments were made for the Philips Respironics field action, and the negative impact thereof is fully included in the Annual Incentive realization and the LTI Plan EPS achievement. However, the Remuneration Committee took into account that certain external supply chain constraints affected the Company’s results beyond its control, considering that Philips’ business portfolio is heavily exposed to the availability of specific electronic components. Consequently, we recommended to the Supervisory Board to partially adjust this impact for Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive calculation purposes, balancing financial performance over the year against the continued progress made on the company’s strategic roadmap, amidst the ongoing impact of COVID-19 on society and our employees. Furthermore, the Remuneration Committee excluded the financial gain derived from the sale of the Domestic Appliances business, while adding back the operational result of this business for the Long-Term Incentive to attain comparability versus target (which was set in 2019 and includes this business). The Remuneration Committee values to uphold the principle that the Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive adjustment methodology is applied uniformly and equitably across the Company at large including the members of the Board of Management.

Overall, this resulted in a realized below target Annual Incentive payout of 64% of target for Frans van Houten, 57% of target for Abhijit Bhattacharya, and 64% of target for Marnix van Ginneken. The 2019 Long-Term Incentive plan vested significantly below target, paying out at 38% of target, based on Company performance against the original targets set in 2019. The Remuneration Committee concluded that the reduced payout of the Annual Incentive and the significantly reduced vesting of the Long-Term Incentive appropriately reflected Company performance. At the same time, the Remuneration Committee considered that pay for performance was reflected by proportionally recognizing the significant progress on strategic and operational goals during 2021, while also being mindful of the engagement, motivation and retention of the wider talent group across the Company.

The composition of the Remuneration Committee and its activities

The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Paul Stoffels. Its other members are David Pyott and Feike Sijbesma. The Committee is responsible for preparing decisions of the Supervisory Board on the remuneration of individual members of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee, as well as the policies governing this remuneration. In performing its duties and responsibilities, the Remuneration Committee is assisted by an external consultant and an in-house remuneration expert. For a full overview of the responsibilities of the Committee, please refer to the Charter of the Remuneration Committee, as outlined in Chapter 3 of the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board (which are published on the company’s website).

Our annual Remuneration Committee cycle enables us to have an effective decision-making process supporting the determination, review and implementation of the Remuneration Policy. The main (recurring) activities during the annual cycle are outlined in the following table:

July to September:October to December:January to March:April to June:
  • Review the Remuneration Policy in line with the business strategy and priorities and assess the need for changes
  • Engage in stakeholder dialogues regarding the Remuneration Policy and proposed changes for the next year (if any)
  • Evaluate business performance and achievement of Annual and Long-Term Incentive targets
  • Effectuate compensation level changes
  • Review the Remuneration Committee Charter
  • Assess compensation levels against the median of the Quantum Peer Group for compensation benchmarking purposes
  • Rigorous target setting of the performance metrics for the upcoming year and multi-year LTI cycle
  • Prepare and hold the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders including a discussion on the implementation of the Remuneration Policy
 
  • Conduct scenario analyses
  • Set compensation levels for the upcoming year based on the assessment against the Quantum Peer Group
 
 
  • Prepare Remuneration Report for the previous year
  

The Committee met five times in 2021. All Committee members were present during these meetings.

At Philips, our purpose is to improve people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation. The Remuneration Committee believes that the Remuneration Policy (and Long-Term Incentive Plan) for the Board of Management supports this purpose. Please refer to the Remuneration Report below, for the way the Remuneration Policy has been implemented in the year 2021.

Paul Stoffels
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

8.2.2Remuneration report 2021

In this Remuneration Report, the Supervisory Board provides a comprehensive overview, in accordance with article 2:135b of the Dutch Civil Code, of the remuneration paid and owed to the individual members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board respectively in the financial year 2021. The report will also be published as a stand-alone document on the company’s website after the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the agenda of which will include an advisory vote on this Remuneration Report.

Board of Management

Summary of Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Policy and Long-Term Incentive Plan for the Board of Management have been adopted and approved respectively by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders 2020, which took place on April 30, 2020.

The objectives of the Remuneration Policy for the Board of Management are: to focus them on delivering on our purpose and strategy, to motivate and retain them, and to create stakeholder value.

Thus, the Remuneration Policy:

  • Supports improving the company’s overall performance and enhancing the long-term value of the company;
  • Directly supports our purpose by: 
    a) linking a part of remuneration to achieving our strategic imperatives through the criteria and targets included in the Annual and Long-Term Incentives;
    b) offering market competitive compensation compared to a peer group of business competitors and companies we compete with for executive talent;
    c) enabling us to motivate, retain and attract world-class talent in order to support our purpose of improving people’s health and well-being through meaningful innovation and our goal of addressing our customers’ healthcare challenges (delivering on the Quadruple Aim);
    d) stimulating share ownership to create alignment with shareholders and encourage employees to act as stewards and ambassadors of the company;
  • Encourages the company and its employees to act responsibly and sustainably;
  • Delivers value for our stakeholders, such as shareholders, customers, consumers and employees, by continuously engaging with them and make a positive contribution to society at large;
  • Leads to fair and internally consistent pay levels by taking into account internal pay ratios.
Main elements of the Remuneration Policy

Compensation element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Policy Level

Total Direct Compensation

To support the Remuneration Policy’s objectives, the Total Direct Compensation includes a significant variable part in the form of an Annual Incentive (cash bonus) and Long-Term Incentive in the form of performance shares. As a result, a significant proportion of pay is ‘at risk’.

The Supervisory Board ensures that a competitive remuneration package for Board-level executive talent is maintained and benchmarked.

The positioning of Total Direct Compensation is reviewed against benchmark data on an annual basis and is recalibrated if and when required. To establish this benchmark, data research is carried out each year on the compensation levels in the Quantum Peer Group.

Total direct remuneration is aimed at or close to, the median of the Quantum Peer Group.

Annual Base Compensation

Fixed cash payments intended to attract and retain executives of the highest caliber and to reflect their experience and scope of responsibilities.

Annual Base Compensation levels and any adjustments made by the Supervisory Board are based on factors including the median of Quantum Peer Group data and performance and experience of the individual member.

The annual review date for the base salary is typically before April 1.

The individual salary levels are shown in this Remuneration Report.

Annual Incentive

Variable cash bonus incentive of which achievement is tied to specific financial and non-financial targets derived from the company’s annual strategic plan. These targets are set at challenging levels and are partly linked to the results of the company (80% weighting) and partly to the contribution of the individual member (20% weighting).

The payout in any year relates to the achievements of the preceding year. Metrics are disclosed ex-ante in the Remuneration Report and there will be no retroactive changes to the selection of metrics used in any given year once approved by the Supervisory Board and disclosed.

President & CEO
On-target: 100% Maximum: 200% of Annual Base Compensation.

Other BoM members
On-target: 80% Maximum: 160% of Annual Base Compensation.

Long-Term Incentive

Our Long-Term Incentives form a substantial part of total remuneration, with payouts contingent on achievement of challenging EPS targets, relative TSR performance against a high performing peer group and sustainability objectives that are directly aligned with our purpose to make the world healthier and more sustainable through innovation.

The annual award size is set by reference to a multiple of base salary.

The actual number of performance shares to be awarded is determined by reference to the average of the closing price of the Royal Philips share on the day of publication of the first quarterly results and the four subsequent trading days.

Dependent upon the achievement of the performance conditions, cliff-vesting applies three years after the date of grant.

During the vesting period, the value of dividends will be added to the performance shares in the form of shares. These dividend-equivalent shares will only be delivered to the extent that the award actually vests.

President & CEO
Annual grant size: 200% of Annual Base Compensation.

Other BoM members
Annual grant size: 150% of Annual Base Compensation. Maximum vesting opportunity is 200% of the number of performance shares granted.

Mandatory share ownership and holding requirement

To further align the interests of executives to those of stakeholders and to motivate the achievement of sustained performance.

The guideline for members of the Board of Management is to hold at least a minimum shareholding in the company.

Until this level has been reached the members of the Board of Management are required to retain all after-tax shares derived from any Long-Term Incentive Plan.

All Board of Management members have reached the required share ownership level.

The shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be retained for a period of at least 5 years or until at least the end of their contract period if this period is shorter. 
The guideline does not require members of the Board of Management to purchase shares in order to reach the required share ownership level.

The minimum shareholding requirement is 400% of annual base compensation for the CEO and 300% for other members of the Board of Management.

Pension

Pension plan and pension contribution intended to result into an appropriate level at retirement.

  1. Defined Contribution plan with fixed contribution (applicable to all executives in the Netherlands – capped at EUR 112,189).
  2. Gross allowance of 25% of annual base compensation exceeding EUR 112,189.
  3. Temporary gross transition allowance offsetting historical plan changes.

Additional arrangements

To aid retention and remain competitive within the marketplace

Additional arrangements include expense and relocation allowances, medical insurance, accident insurance and company car arrangements, which are in line with other Philips executives in the Netherlands.

The members of the Board of Management also benefit from coverage under the company’s Directors & Officers (D&O) liability insurance.

The company does not grant personal loans to members of the Board of Management.

Peer Groups

We use a Quantum Peer Group for remuneration benchmarking purposes, and therefore we aim to ensure that it includes business competitors, with an emphasis on companies in the healthcare, technology-related or consumer products area, and other companies we compete with for executive talent. The Quantum Peer Group consists of predominantly Dutch and other European companies, plus a minority (up to 25%) of US-based global companies, of comparable size, complexity and international scope.

Philips Group

Quantum Peer Group 

2021

European companiesDutch companiesUS companies
AtosNokiaAhold DelhaizeBecton Dickinson
BAE SystemsReckitt BenckiserAkzoNobelBoston Scientific
CapgeminiRocheASMLDanaher
ElectroluxRolls-RoyceHeinekenMedtronic
EricssonSafran  
EssitySiemens Healthineers  
Fresenius Medical CareSmith & Nephew  
Henkel & CoThales  

In addition, we use a TSR Performance Peer Group to benchmark our relative Total Shareholder Return performance for Long-Term Incentive purposes and against our business peers in the health technology market and other markets in which we compete. The companies we have selected for this peer group include predominantly US-based healthcare companies. Given that a substantial number of relevant competitors are US-headquartered, the weighting of US-based healthcare companies is more notable than for the Quantum Peer Group.

Philips Group

TSR Performance Peer Group 

2021

US companiesEuropean companiesJapanese companies
Becton DickinsonAlconCanon
Boston ScientificElektaTerumo
CernerFresenius Medical Care 
DanaherGetinge 
General ElectricSiemens Healthineers 
HologicSmith & Nephew 
Johnson & JohnsonReckitt Benckiser 
Medtronic  
Resmed  
Stryker  

The Remuneration Policy and the Long-Term Incentive Plan allow changes to the peer groups to be made by the Supervisory Board without approval from the General Meeting of Shareholders in respect of up to three companies on an annual basis (for instance: following a delisting of a company or, a merger of two peer companies), or six companies in total during the four years following adoption and approval of the Remuneration Policy and the Long-Term Incentive Plan respectively (or, if earlier, until the adoption or approval of a revised Remuneration Policy or revised Long-Term Incentive Plan). Following the divestment of the Domestic Appliances business, the Supervisory Board has decided to remove Groupe SEB and De Longhi from the TSR Performance Peer Group and replace them with Alcon and Reckitt Benckiser. Furthermore, due to Hitachi's change in business portfolio, the Supervisory Board has decided to replace this TSR peer company with Canon. No changes were made to the Quantum Peer Group during 2021.

Services agreements

The members of the Board of Management are engaged by means of a services agreement (overeenkomst van opdracht). Termination of the contract by either party is subject to six months’ notice period. The severance payment is set at a maximum of one year’s annual base compensation. No severance payment is due if the agreement is terminated early on behalf of the Board of Management member or in the case of urgent cause (dringende reden) as defined in article 7:678 and further in the Dutch Civil Code. The term of the services agreement is aligned with the term for which the relevant member has been appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders (which is a maximum period of four years, it being understood that this period expires no later than at the end of the AGM held in the fourth year after the year of appointment).

Philips Group

Contract terms for current members 

2021

 end of term
Frans van HoutenAGM 2023
Abhijit BhattacharyaAGM 2023
Marnix van GinnekenAGM 2025

8.2.3Remuneration of the Board of Management in 2021

The Supervisory Board has determined the 2021 pay-outs and awards to the members of the Board of Management, upon the proposal of the Remuneration Committee, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy and Long-Term Incentive Plan as adopted and approved respectively by our shareholders during the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. In addition, the Supervisory Board has determined the 2021 pay-out of the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, of which the performance period ended on December 31, 2021. This was done in accordance with the Long-Term Incentive Plan as approved during the 2017 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.


The Remuneration Committee annually conducts a scenario analysis. This includes the calculation of remuneration under different scenarios, whereby different Philips performance assumptions and corporate actions are examined. The Supervisory Board concluded that the relationship between the strategic objectives and the chosen performance criteria for the 2021 Annual Incentive, as well as 2019 Long-Term Incentive performance criteria, were adequate.

Annual Base Compensation

The annual compensation of the members of the Board of Management has been reviewed as part of the regular remuneration review. In the case of Frans van Houten, the annual compensation remained unchanged in 2021 compared to 2020 at EUR 1,325,000. As a result of the review, the annual compensation of Abhijit Bhattacharya and Marnix van Ginneken has been increased per July 1, 2021, from EUR 785,000 to EUR 795,000 and EUR 595,000 to EUR 615,000 respectively. This increase was made to move the total compensation level closer to the market median level, as well as to reflect internal relativities. Typically, any salary increase is implemented on April 1, however all merit and promotional salary increases for senior management globally were delayed from April 1, 2021 to July 1, 2021.

2021 Annual Incentive

The Annual Incentive performance has been assessed based on Company financial results as well as individual results. For Frans van Houten, Abhijit Bhattacharya and Marnix van Ginneken, payout of the Annual Incentive is significantly below target level at 64%, 57% and 64% (of target) respectively. Details are as follows:

Company financial results (80% weighting)

In line with the Remuneration Policy, the Company sets financial targets in advance of the year for all members of the Board of Management. For the year 2021, the financial targets set at Group level cover Comparable Sales Growth*), EBITA*) and free cash flow*). As the Company did only partially reach its strategic and operational objectives, this resulted in a partial payout on comparable sales growth*), no payout on EBITA*) and a partial payout on free cash flow*).

To recognize the underlying progress, certain adjustments were included for restructuring and acquisition related costs as well as specific unexpected events that were outside of management’s control, to the extent they have not been reflected in the original targets. Due to the external supply chain constraints and component shortages, the Company experienced a significant delay in sales recognition, even though its order book stands at an all-time high. This was considered partially – i.e. 50% of the sales impact of EUR 498 million which corresponds to 1.5% of comparable sales growth*) – in the calculation of the comparable sales growth*) and corresponding impacts on EBITA*) and free cash flow*) realization, based on a detailed analysis of the value of confirmed orders that could not be translated to revenue in 2021 as expected by customers and planned by the company. No adjustments were made for the sales loss and any costs associated with the Philips Respironics field action, and hence the negative impact of the field action is fully included in the Annual Incentive realization.

Financial performance criteria Weighting as % of target Annual Incentive Assessment of performance Weighted pay-out as % of target Annual Incentive
threshold performancetarget performancemaximum performancerealized performanceresulting payout as % of target
Comparable Sales Growth1)30%0.0%2.0%4.0%0.3%57.5%17%
EBITA1)30%9.3%11.3%13.3%5.1%0.0%0%
Free Cash Flow1)20%1,0571,4061,7551,28983.1%17%
Total80%     34%
Individual targets based on area of responsibility (20% weighting)

To determine the payout levels for the individual goals, the Supervisory Board applies a holistic assessment as to the performance against the set goals as well as the relative weighting of the goal categories. These relative weightings are not in all cases equal, but such that any goal category remains relevant and aligned with the strategic priorities for the year. Pay-outs are above target given the progress the Company has made on its roadmap, despite the headwinds faced in 2021.

Board of Management MemberIndividual Performance criteriaAssessment of performanceWeighted pay-out as% of target Annual Incentive
Frans van Houten Strategy execution
  • Strong management of M&A roadmap and realization of growth plans
  • Very successful management of the spin-off of the Domestic Appliances business
  • Sales % of total revenue coming from solutions to customers above target
  • Strong progress in embedding digital and data science throughout the portfolio
30%
Quality & operational excellence
  • Good progress with the realization of transformation objectives to enable the customer solutions strategy
  • Continuing to work on quality culture and measures
People & organization
  • Significant progress made in the deployment of the Philips Business System
  • Employee engagement score at a level above the high-performance norms
Environmental, Social & Governance / Sustainability
  • Strengthened the ESG approach further and delivered commitments above plan
  • Sustainability performance exceeding 2016-2021 objectives including a strong growth on Lives Improved, carbon neutral in own operations and growing circular revenues
Customer results
  • Significant improvement in customer satisfaction, order book and overall market share
Abhijit Bhattacharya Strategy execution
  • Very successful management of the spin-off of the Domestic Appliances business
  • Delivered on growth and profit improvement plans for India
23%
Quality & operational excellence
  • Significant productivity results delivering margin improvement partly offset by higher material and shipping costs
  • Pioneered sustaining engineering team in India
  • Good progress with the realization of transformation objectives to enable the customer solutions strategy and enterprise IT
  • Need to further improve forecasting processes
People & organization
  • Employee engagement score above high-performance norms while further improved in the Finance Organization and improving gender balance
Customer results
  • Strong order growth
  • Significant improvement on Customer NPS
Marnix van Ginneken Strategy execution
  • Increased license income to a level exceeding defined targets
  • Very successful management of the spin-off of the Domestic Appliances business
  • Structural progress on company transformations, improved approach for Solutions business model, with solutions sales above target
31%
Quality & operational excellence
  • Further progression of consolidation and simplification of legal manufacturers and quality management systems in line with plan
People & organization
  • Delivered on transforming the intellectual property & standards, government & public affairs and ESG organizations
  • Employee engagement score at a level above the high-performance norms
Environmental, Social & Governance / Sustainability
  • Strengthened the ESG approach further and delivered commitments above plan
  • Sustainability performance exceeding 2016-2021 objectives including a strong growth on Lives Improved, carbon neutral in own operations and growing circular revenues

Overall this leads to the following total Annual Incentive realization and payout (payout in 2022):

Annual Incentive realization 2021

in EUR unless otherwise stated

 Annual incentive opportunity Realized annual incentive
 Target as a % of base compensationTarget Annual IncentiveFinancial performance (weighted pay-out %)Individual performance (weighted pay-out %)Payout as % of target Annual Incentive1)Realized annual incentive
Frans van Houten100%1,325,00034%30%64%850,915
Abhijit Bhattacharya80%636,00034%23%57%360,103
Marnix van Ginneken80%492,00034%31%64%317,192
*)Non-IFRS financial measure. For the definition and reconciliation of the most directly comparable IFRS measure, refer to Reconciliation of non-IFRS information.

2022 Annual Incentive

The Annual Incentive criteria consist of:

Financial criteria (80% weighting):

For the year 2022, the following financial indicators of the company’s results are selected to ensure alignment with the key (strategic) priorities in the year:

  • Profit/margin
  • Revenue/growth
  • Cash flow

Confirmed orders for which installations were delayed from 2021 to 2022, were taken into account when setting target levels for 2022 (i.e. to avoid double counting).

Individual criteria (20% weighting):

The contribution of the individual member is assessed based on areas of responsibility, for which annually two to a maximum of five performance categories are selected for each Board of Management member from the following list:

  • Customer results
  • Quality & operational excellence
  • Strategy execution
  • People & organization
  • ESG/Sustainability

For the year 2022, the following performance categories are selected to ensure alignment with the key (strategic) priorities in the year:

Board of Management MemberSelected performance categories
Frans van Houten
  • Customer Results
  • Quality & operational excellence
  • Strategy execution
  • People & organization
Abhijit Bhattacharya
  • Quality & operational excellence
  • Strategy execution
  • People & organization
Marnix van Ginneken
  • Quality & operational excellence
  • Strategy execution
  • People & organization
  • ESG/Sustainability

2019 Long-Term Incentive

The 3-year performance period of the 2019 performance share grant ended on December 31, 2021. The realization is based on TSR achievement and adjusted EPS growth, and significantly below target with a vesting level of 38% (of target). Details are as follows:

TSR (50% weighting)

A ranking approach to TSR applies with Philips itself included in the TSR Performance Peer Group. TSR scores are calculated based on a local currency approach and by taking a 3-month averaging period prior to the start and end of the 3-year performance period. The performance incentive pay-out zone is outlined in the following table, which results in zero vesting for performance below the 40th percentile and 200% vesting for performance levels above the 75th percentile. The incentive zone range has been constructed such that the average pay-out over time is expected to be approximately 100%.

Philips Group

Performance-incentive zone for TSR

in %

Position20-141312111098765-1
Payout06080100120140160180190200

The TSR achieved by Philips during the performance period was 14.08%, using a start date of October 2018 and end date of December 2021. This resulted in Philips being positioned at rank 16 in the TSR performance peer group shown in the following table, resulting in a TSR achievement of 0%.

TSR results LTI Plan 2019 grant: 14.08%

total returnrank number
Getinge351.68%1
Danaher207.27%2
ResMed149.39%3
Hitachi114.31%4
Hologic79.20%5
Siemens Healthineers77.30%6
Stryker62.22%7
Terumo58.28%8
General Electric40.84%9
De Longhi40.39%10
Cerner34.93%11
Medtronic32.19%12
Johnson & Johnson27.14%13
Groupe SEB19.26%14
Boston Scientific15.86%15
Philips14.08%16
Becton Dickinson7.35%17
Elekta(0.64)%18
Smith & Nephew(2.33)%19
Fresenius Medical(14.8)%20
Adjusted EPS growth (50% weighting)

The LTI Plan EPS payouts and targets set at the beginning of the performance period were as follows: 

Philips Group

LTI Plan EPS payouts

 Below thresholdThresholdTargetMaximumActual
EPS (euro)<1.311.311.511.711.43
Payout0%40%100%200%76%

Philips Group

LTI Plan EPS realization

EURBasic EPS1)LTI Plan EPS2)
Net income attributable to shareholders3,3193.673.63
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes (primarily related to Domestic Appliances divestment)(2,711)(3)(2.97)
Reconsolidation operational income Domestic Appliances3050.340.33
(Partial) Adjustment for external supply chain constraints2470.270.27
Other adjustment items3)1510.160.16
Adjusted net income from continuing operations1,3111.451.43

The 2021 EPS based on reported net income attributable to shareholders amounted to EUR 3.67. To eliminate the impact of any share buyback, stock dividend, etc., the number of common shares outstanding (after deduction of treasury shares) on the day prior to the beginning of the performance period is used, resulting in an EPS of EUR 3.63. This is adjusted with the extraordinary gain related to the divestiture of Domestic Appliances while adding back the operational result of the Domestic Appliances business for comparative purposes as per original targets. In accordance with our Remuneration Policy the LTI Plan EPS includes a number of adjustments that were deemed appropriate by the Supervisory Board. These relate mainly to the profit and loss impact of acquisitions and divestitures (positive adjustment), impact of foreign exchange variations versus plan (positive adjustment), profit and loss impact of legal cases (negative adjustment including a reversal of an adjustment made in 2020, as the legal matter it related to was resolved in favor of Philips) and a partial adjustment of the profit and loss impact of external supply chain constraints and component shortages (positive adjustment). The Remuneration Committee opted for a 75% adjustment (versus a 50% adjustment for AI purposes) of the net income impact, to reflect the disproportionate impact as the LTI plan EPS is measured based on the last year of the three-year performance period. No adjustments have been made for the impact of the Philips Respironics field action. Overall, this resulted in an LTI Plan EPS of EUR 1.43 based on adjusted net income from continuing operations, leading to a realization of 76% of target.

In view of the above, the following performance achievement and vesting levels have been determined by the Supervisory Board in respect of the 2019 grant of performance shares:

Philips Group

Performance achievement and vesting levels

 achievementweightingvesting level
TSR0%50%0%
EPS76%50%38%
Total  38%

2022 Long-Term Incentive

The vesting of the 2022 Long-Term Incentive grant consisting of performance shares is subject to performance over a period of 3 years and based on two financial criteria and one non-financial criterion:

  • 50% weighting: Relative Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’)
  • 40% weighting: Adjusted Earnings per Share growth (‘EPS’)
  • 10% weighting: Sustainability objectives

Please refer to the Long-Term Incentive Plan published on the company’s website for more information.

Pension

The following pension arrangement is in place for the members of the Board of Management working under a Dutch contract:

  • Flex ES Pension Plan in the Netherlands, which is a Collective Defined Contribution plan with a fixed contribution of (currently) 30.3% (including an own contribution of 2%) of the maximum pensionable salary of EUR 112,189 (effective January 1, 2021) minus the offset. The Flex ES Plan has a target retirement age of 68 and a target accrual rate of 1.85%;
  • A gross Pension Allowance equal to 25% of the base compensation exceeding EUR 112,189;
  • A temporary gross Transition Allowance, for a maximum period of 8 years (first 5 years in full; year 6: 75%; year 7: 50%, year 8: 25%) for members of the Board of Management who were participants of the former Executive Pension Plan. The level of the allowance is based on the age and salary of the Board member on December 31, 2014.

Total remuneration costs in 2021

The following table gives an overview of the costs incurred by the company in 2021 and 2020 in relation to the remuneration of the Board of Management. Costs related to performance shares and restricted share right grants are recognized by the company over a number of years. Therefore, the costs mentioned below in the performance shares column are the accounting cost of multi-year Long-Term Incentive grants to members of the Board of Management. Actual payout to the members of the Board of Management varies per year depending on company performance, please refer to section 2019 Long-Term Incentive for more details on the actual vesting of the performance shares.

Philips Group

Remuneration Board of Management1)

in EUR

   Costs in the year
 reported yearannual base compen­sation2)base compen­sationrealized annual incentiveperfor­mance shares3)pension allowances4)pension scheme costsother compen­sation5)total costFixed-variable remuneration6)
F.A. van Houten20211,325,0001,325,000850,9152,626,295565,40327,46257,2245,452,29936%-64%
20201,325,0001,325,0001,298,5002,874,467565,92227,00162,1766,153,06732%-68%
A. Bhattacharya2021795,000790,000360,1031,172,533233,85727,46268,9082,652,86442%-58%
2020785,000785,000596,6001,295,996233,12627,00170,2673,007,99037%-63%
M.J. van Ginneken2021615,000605,000317,192886,035150,75527,46242,6102,029,05441%-59%
2020595,000580,000437,920952,453158,80027,00146,9862,203,16037%-63%
Total2021 2,720,0001,528,2114,684,863950,01482,387168,74210,134,21739%-61%
2020 2,690,0002,333,0205,122,916957,84981,004179,42811,364,21734%-66%

5-year development of CEO and BoM versus average employee remuneration costs compared to company performance

Internal pay ratios are a relevant input factor for determining the appropriateness of the implementation of the Remuneration Policy, as recognized in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. For the 2021 financial year, the ratio between the annual total compensation for the CEO and the average annual total compensation for an employee was 63:1. The ratio decreased from 67:1 in 2020. Further details on the development of these amounts and ratios over time can be found in the following table. The average employee remuneration costs and company financial performance have been adjusted retroactively such that the Domestic Appliances business is excluded from the figures. Please note that the amounts presented in the following table reflect total remuneration costs to the company which differ from the actual payout to the members of the Board of Management.

Philips Group

Remuneration cost

in EUR

 20172018201920202021
Remuneration     
CEO Total Remuneration Costs (A)1)5,101,4295,391,2655,260,1116,153,0675,452,299
CFO Total Remuneration Costs2,247,8222,595,6882,602,6063,007,9902,652,864
CLO Total Remuneration Costs 1,861,2001,856,4262,203,1602,029,054
Average Employee (FTE) Total Remuneration Costs (B)2)95,52289,84392,64591,45586,853
Ratio A versus B3)53:160:157:167:163:1
Company performance     
Annual TSR4)26.5%1.2%25.6%6.2%(14.5)%
Comparable Sales Growth%5)3.8%4.9%4.5%2.9%(1.2)%
EBITA%5)9.9%11.2%10.5%10.3%5.2%
Adjusted EBITA%5)6)12.2%13.3%13.2%13.2%12.0%
Free Cash Flow5)8839949231,635900

Historical LTI grants and holdings

Number of performance shares (holdings)

Under the LTI Plan the current members of the Board of Management were granted 100,457 performance shares in 2021.

The following table provides an overview at end December 2021 of performance share grants. The reference date for board membership is December 31, 2021.

Philips Group

Number of performance shares (holdings)

in number of shares unless otherwise stated

 grant datenumber of shares originally grantedvalue at grant datevesting dateend of holding periodunvested opening balance at Jan. 1, 2021number of shares awarded in 2021(dividend) shares awardednumber of shares vested in 20211)value at vesting date in 2021unvested closing balance at Dec. 31, 2021
F.A. van Houten4/27/201869,0052,410,0004/27/20214/27/202373,729--92,1624,383,202-
5/6/201970,6402,650,0005/6/20225/6/202473,807-1,370--75,177
4/30/202066,4312,650,0004/30/20234/30/202567,780-1,258--69,037
4/30/202155,8682,650,0004/30/20244/30/2026-55,8681,037--56,905
A. Bhattacharya4/27/201831,1381,087,5004/27/20214/27/202333,270--41,5871,977,888-
5/6/201931,3881,177,5005/6/20225/6/202432,795-609--33,404
4/30/202029,5181,177,5004/30/20234/30/202530,117-559--30,676
4/30/202125,1411,192,5004/30/20244/30/2026-25,141467--25,608
M.J. van Ginneken4/27/201824,0522)840,0004/27/20214/27/202325,699--32,1231,527,785-
5/6/201922,991862,5005/6/20225/6/202424,022-446--24,467
4/30/202022,373892,5004/30/20234/30/202522,827-424--23,251
4/30/202119,448922,5004/30/20244/30/2026-19,448361--19,809
Number of stock options (holdings)

The tables below give an overview of the stock options held by the members of the Board of Management.

Philips Group

Stock options (holdings)

in number of shares unless otherwise stated

 grant datevesting dateexercise price (in EUR)expiry dateopening balance at January 1, 2021number of stock options awarded in 2021number of stock options exercised in 2021share price on exercise datenumber of stock options expired in 2021closing balance at December 31, 2021
F.A. van Houten4/23/20124/23/201514.824/23/202275,000----75,000
1/29/20131/29/201422.431/29/202355,000----55,000
A. Bhattacharya1/30/20121/30/201415.241/30/202220,000----20,000
4/23/20124/23/201514.824/23/202216,500----16,500
M.J. van Ginneken4/18/20114/18/201420.904/18/20218,400-8,40046.66-0
1/30/20121/30/201415.241/30/202210,000----10,000
4/23/20124/23/201514.824/23/20228,400----8,400

Share ownership guidelines

To further align the interests to those of stakeholders and to motivate the achievement of sustained performance, the members of the Board of Management are bound to a minimum shareholding requirement. The table below shows the minimum shareholding requirement, annual base compensation, (vested) shares held and share ownership ratio of each Board of Management member as per December 31, 2021.

Philips Group

Share ownership Board of Management

Minimum shareholding requirement1)Annual Base Compensation(Vested) shares heldOwnership ratio2)
F.A. van Houten4.0x1,325,000525,76113.0x
A. Bhattacharya3.0x795,000148,3656.1x
M.J. van Ginneken3.0x615,000110,5285.9x

Remuneration of the Supervisory Board in 2021

Summary of the Remuneration Policy

Please find below a brief summary of the Remuneration Policy for the Supervisory Board, as adopted at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders 2020. The fee levels in this Remuneration Policy are the same as the Supervisory Board fee levels as determined by our shareholders at the 2018 Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders.

The overarching objective of the 2020 Remuneration Policy for the Supervisory Board is to enable its members to fulfill their duties, acting independently: supervising the policies, management and the general affairs of Philips, and supporting the Board of Management and the Executive Committee with advice. Also, the members of the Supervisory Board are guided by the company’s long-term interests, with due observance of the company’s purpose and strategy, taking into account the interests of shareholders and all other stakeholders.

To support the objectives mentioned above, the 2020 Remuneration Policy is aimed at attracting and retaining international Supervisory Board members of the highest caliber and with experience and expertise relevant to our health technology businesses.

In compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the 2020 Remuneration Policy provides that the remuneration for the members of the Supervisory Board is not dependent on the results of the company and does not include any shares (or rights to shares). Nevertheless, members of the Supervisory Board are encouraged to hold shares in the company for the purpose of long-term investment to reflect their confidence in the future course of the company. The company does not grant personal loans to members of the Supervisory Board.

The Supervisory Board reviews fee levels in principle every three years in order to monitor and take account of market developments and manage expectations of our key stakeholders. The levels are aimed at broadly median market levels (and around the 25th percentile market level for the Chairman) paid in the Quantum Peer Group (as used in the 2020 Remuneration Policy for the Board of Management).

The following table provides an overview of the current remuneration structure:

Philips Group

Remuneration Supervisory Board

in EUR 

 ChairVice ChairMember
Supervisory Board155,000115,000100,000
Audit Committee27,000n.a.18,000
Remuneration Committee21,000n.a.14,000
Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee21,000n.a.14,000
Quality & Regulatory Committee21,000n.a.14,000
Attendance fee per inter-European trip2,5002,5002,500
Attendance fee per intercontinental trip5,0005,0005,000
Entitlement to Philips product arrangement2,0002,0002,000
Annual fixed net expense allowance11,3452,2692,269
Other travel expensesAs reasonably incurred

The members of the Supervisory Board benefit from coverage under the company’s Directors and Officers (D&O) liability insurance.

Remuneration of the Supervisory Board in 2021

The individual members of the Supervisory Board received, by virtue of the positions they held, the following remuneration in 2021:

Philips Group

Remuneration of the Supervisory Board1)

in EUR

membershipcommitteesother compensation2)total
F. Sijbesma141,30127,8088,237177,346
P.A.M. Stoffels109,86327,8084,769142,440
J. van der Veer53,50712,0823,91669,505
C.A. Poon39,69916,91578357,397
N. Dhawan100,00018,0002,269120,269
O. Gadiesh34,5214,83378340,137
D.E.I. Pyott100,00036,3702,269138,639
A.M. Harrison100,00014,0002,269116,269
M.E. Doherty100,00027,0004,769131,769
P. Löscher100,00032,0004,769136,769
I. Nooyi100,00014,0002,269116,269
S.K. Chua65,75311,8361,49279,081
Total1,044,644242,65238,5951,325,891

8.3Report of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is chaired by Liz Doherty. Its other members are Neelam Dhawan, Peter Löscher and Chua Sock Koong (who joined in the course of 2021). Feike Sijbesma also regularly attends Audit Committee meetings. The Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its supervisory responsibilities including ensuring the integrity of the company’s financial statements, reviewing the company’s internal controls and overseeing the enterprise risk management process.

In 2021, the Audit Committee held five regular meetings (including an education session) and an additional education session which all Audit Committee members attended, with the exception of one member unable to attend the April 2021 meeting of the Audit Committee.

The CEO, CFO, Chief Legal Officer, Head of Internal Audit, Chief Accounting Officer and external auditor (Ernst & Young Accountants LLP) were invited to and attended all regular meetings.

The Committee, together with the Chief Legal Officer, also met separately with each of the CEO, CFO, Head of Internal Audit and external auditor after every meeting of the Committee. Prior to the Committee meetings, the Audit Committee chair met one-on-one with the Group Treasurer as well as with each of the Management who regularly attend the Audit Committee meetings (as set out in the previous paragraph) and with the external auditor (Ernst & Young Accountants LLP).

The following overview highlights a number of matters that were reviewed and/or discussed during Committee meetings in the course of 2021:

  • The company’s 2021 annual and interim financial statements, including the field action provision of EUR 719 million in connection with the Philips Respironics of the voluntary recall notification related to the sound abatement foam in certain sleep and respiratory care products (announced on June 14, 2021), and non-financial information prior to publication.
  • Matters relating to accounting policies, financial risks, reporting and compliance with accounting standards. Key accounting judgements were discussed in depth, and treatments were challenged, as were quality of earnings. Compliance with statutory and legal requirements and regulations, particularly in the financial domain, was also reviewed. Important findings, Philips’ top and emerging areas of risk (including the internal auditor’s reporting thereon, and the Chief Legal Officer’s review of litigation and other claims, and material investigations) and follow-up actions and appropriate measures were examined thoroughly. The Committee was updated on and engaged in a focused discussion about information and product security-related risks;
  • Each quarter, the Committee reviewed the company’s cash flow generation, liquidity and financing headroom, its ability under its capital structure and credit ratings to pay dividends and to fund capital investments, including share repurchases and other financial initiatives. The Committee also monitored ongoing goodwill impairment indicators (including in the Sleep & Respiratory Care business) and reviewed the goodwill impairment tests performed in the fourth quarter, risk management, information and cybersecurity risks, legal compliance and developments in regulatory investigations, as well as legal proceedings including antitrust investigations and related provisions. The Committee also reviewed the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification related to the sound abatement foam in certain sleep and respiratory care products (announced on June 14, 2021) and in particular the field action provision taken by the company in relation to this issue;
  • Specific finance topics included dividend policy, share repurchases, capital spending and the company’s debt financing strategy. The Committee was also updated on the company’s foreign exchange risk strategy and policy;
  • The Committee engaged in a post-investment review of projects in the area of Information Technology, Research & Development, Real Estate, Operations and other cash spend, and assessed the actual spend and timing of such projects against the original budget and timing;
  • With regard to Internal Audit, the Committee reviewed and approved the revised Internal Audit charter, annual audit plan, audit scope and its coverage in relation to the scope of the external audit, as well as the staffing, independence, performance and organizational structure of the Internal Audit function;
  • With regard to the external auditor, the Committee reviewed the performance of the external auditor in conducting the group and statutory audits as required by the Auditor Policy and the results of the 2020 EY service quality review program for Philips;
  • With regard to the external audit, the Committee reviewed the proposed 2021 audit scope, including key audit areas, approach and fees, and non-audit services provided by the external auditor in conformity with the Philips Auditor Policy;
  • The Committee reviewed and challenged the independence as well as the professional fitness and good standing of the external auditor and its engagement partners. For information on the fees of the Group auditor, please refer to Audit fees in the note Income from operations;
  • The company’s policy on business controls, legal compliance and the General Business Principles (including deployment). The Committee reviewed, discussed and monitored closely the company’s internal control certification processes, in particular compliance with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and its requirements regarding assessment, review and monitoring of internal controls. It also discussed on a regular basis the developments in, and findings relating to, conduct resulting from investigations into alleged violations of the General Business Principles and, if required, any measures taken;

The Committee held an education session on the current pensions footprint of the company and the key de-risking strategies deployed by the company since 2014, which have led to a significant reduction of the long-term employee benefit footprint since then. The Committee also held an education session on the company’s efforts and actions taken with respect to compliance with the General Business Principles and related policies, including the governance thereof, the internal intake process to ensure reported concerns are adequately followed-up under all circumstances, as well as an update on current cases under discussion with regulatory authorities globally and the company’s internal compliance programs.

In February 2022, the Committee reviewed, together with the other members of the Supervisory Board, the key audit matters and the critical audit matters identified by the Auditor in relation to the 2021 financial statements included in the Annual Report 2021 and the Annual Report on Form 20-F respectively. In February 2022, the Committee also reviewed the draft of the company’s 2021 Country Activity and Tax Report.

During each Audit Committee meeting, the Committee reviewed the quarterly report from the external auditor, in which the auditor set forth its findings and attention points during the relevant period. Apart from the Audit Committee meetings, the external auditor also attended all private sessions with the Audit Committee, where their observations were, if necessary, further discussed. The Annual Audit Letter was circulated to the full Supervisory Board, and planned actions to address the items raised were discussed with Management in the subsequent Audit Committee meetings as well as in private sessions with Management.

Finally, the Committee reviewed the Audit Committee Charter and concluded it remains appropriate.

8.4Report of the Quality & Regulatory Committee

The Quality & Regulatory Committee was established in view of the importance of patient safety and the quality of the company’s products, systems, services and software. The Committee provides broad oversight of compliance with the regulatory requirements that govern the development, manufacturing, marketing and servicing of the company’s products, systems, services and software. The Quality & Regulatory Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in these areas. It is chaired by David Pyott and its members are Marc Harrison and Peter Löscher.

In 2021, the Quality & Regulatory Committee held seven meetings and all Committee members attended these meetings, with the exception of one member unable to attend the April 2021 meeting of the Quality & Regulatory Committee.

The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, the Chief Operations Officer and the Chief Quality & Regulatory Officer were present during these meetings. The following overview indicates some of the matters that were discussed during meetings in the course of 2021:

  • The company’s transformation strategy, focusing on patients and customers to ensure the safety and efficacy of the company’s products and solutions;
  • Review of progress and next steps in the transformation of the structure and processes of the company’s Quality & Regulatory function, with the goal of building a best-in-class Quality & Regulatory organization, underpinned by investments in strategic-level executive Quality & Regulatory talent;
  • Review of global initiatives around the transformation, standardization and simplification of the company’s structure and organizational processes relating to Quality Management Systems, Management Systems and regulated manufacturing sites (Legal Manufacturers);
  • The status and outcome of Quality & Regulatory-related investigations and inspections by regulatory authorities and Notified Bodies across the organization. This particularly covered findings, related matters and follow-up actions taken by the company to address these findings. This includes the progress made in line with the terms of the Consent Decree in place for parts of the company’s Emergency Care and Hospital Patient Monitoring businesses with the US Department of Justice, representing the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and the progress made with respect to closing the open warning letter from the FDA in relation to the company’s Hospital Respiratory Care business;
  • The Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification related to the sound abatement foam in certain sleep and respiratory care products (announced on June 14, 2021) in the company’s Sleep & Respiratory Care business. The Committee reviewed matters associated with this issue, such as interactions with regulatory authorities globally, engagement with patients, physicians, customers and durable medical equipment providers, testing, health hazard evaluations, and the status of the repair and remediation plan;
  • The internal Accelerating Patient Safety and Quality program that was launched by the company in the course of 2021;
  • Regulatory developments, including the company’s preparations, challenges, risks and mitigating actions to deploy the EU Medical Device Regulation across all relevant parts of the organization, in view of the Date of Application (May 26, 2021);
  • Quality & Regulatory deep-dives for the Diagnosis & Treatment and Personal Health segments.

9Corporate governance

9.1Introduction

Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Royal Philips), a company organized under Dutch law, is the parent company of the Philips group. Its shares have been listed on the Amsterdam stock exchange (Euronext Amsterdam) since 1912. Furthermore, its shares have been traded in the United States since 1962 and have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since 1987.

Royal Philips has a two-tier board structure consisting of a Board of Management and a Supervisory Board, each of which is accountable to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the fulfillment of its respective duties.

The company is governed by Dutch corporate and securities laws, its Articles of Association, and the Rules of Procedure of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee and of the Supervisory Board respectively. Its corporate governance framework is also based on the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (dated December 8, 2016) and US laws and regulations applicable to Foreign Private Issuers. Additionally, the Board of Management has implemented the Philips General Business Principles (GBP) and underlying policies, as well as separate codes of ethics that apply to employees working in specific areas of our business, i.e. the Financial Code of Ethics and the Procurement Code of Ethics. Many of the documents referred to are published on the company’s website and more information can be found in Our approach to risk management.

In this section of the Annual Report, the company addresses the main elements of its corporate governance structure, reports on how it applies the principles and best practices of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and provides the information required by the Dutch governmental Decree on Corporate Governance (Besluit inhoud bestuursverslag) and governmental Decree on Article 10 Takeover Directive (Besluit artikel 10 overnamerichtlijn). When deemed necessary in the interests of the company, the company may deviate from aspects of the company’s corporate governance structure, and any such deviations will be disclosed in the company’s corporate governance report.

In compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, other parts of the management report (within the meaning of section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code) included in the Annual Report address the strategy and culture of Philips aimed at long-term value creation. Philips' strategy is described in more detail in Strategy and Businesses. Here, reference is also made to the Philips Business System, an interdependent, collaborative operating model that covers all aspects of how we operate – strategy, governance, processes, people, culture and performance management. As set out in Social performance, Philips promotes a behavior and competency-driven growth and performance culture, which is anchored by the integrity norms described in the GBP. The Message from the CEO explains how the company’s strategy was executed in 2021; in this regard, please refer also to Financial performance.

9.2Board of Management and Executive Committee

Introduction

The Board of Management is entrusted with the management of the company. Certain key officers have been appointed to support the Board of Management in the fulfilment of its managerial duties. The members of the Board of Management and these key officers together constitute the Executive Committee. In this Corporate Governance report, wherever the Executive Committee is mentioned, this also includes the members of the Board of Management, unless the context requires otherwise. Please refer to Board of Management and Executive Committee for an overview of the current members of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee.

Under the chairmanship of the President/Chief Executive Officer (CEO), and supported by the other members of the Executive Committee, the members of the Board of Management drive the company’s management agenda and share responsibility for the continuity of the Philips group, focusing on long-term value creation. Please refer to the Rules of Procedure of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee, which are published on the company’s website, for a description of further responsibilities and tasks, as well as procedures for meetings, resolutions and minutes.

In fulfilling their duties, the members of the Board of Management and Executive Committee shall be guided by the interests of the company and its affiliated enterprise, taking into account the interests of its stakeholders. The Board of Management and the Executive Committee have adopted a division of responsibilities based on the functional and business areas, each of which is monitored and reviewed by the individual members. The Board of Management is accountable for the actions and decisions of the Executive Committee and has ultimate responsibility for the company’s external reporting (including reporting to the shareholders of the company).

The Board of Management and the Executive Committee are supervised by the Supervisory Board. Members of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee will be present in the meetings of the Supervisory Board if so invited. In addition, the CEO and other members of the Board of Management (and if needed, the other members of the Executive Committee) meet on a regular basis with the Chairman and other members of the Supervisory Board. The Board of Management and the Executive Committee are required to keep the Supervisory Board informed of all facts and developments concerning Philips that the Supervisory Board may need to be aware of in order to function as required and to properly carry out its duties.

Certain important decisions of the Board of Management require Supervisory Board approval, including decisions concerning the operational and financial objectives of the company and the strategy designed to achieve these objectives, the issue, repurchase or cancellation of shares, and major acquisitions or divestments.

Appointment and composition

Members of the Board of Management, including the CEO, are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders upon a binding recommendation drawn up by the Supervisory Board after consultation with the CEO. This binding recommendation may be overruled by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast and representing at least one-third of the issued share capital. If a simple majority of the votes cast is in favor of the resolution to overrule the binding recommendation, but such majority does not represent at least one-third of the issued share capital, a new meeting may be convened, at which the resolution may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, regardless of the portion of the issued share capital represented by such majority. In the event that a binding recommendation has been overruled, a new binding recommendation shall be submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. If such second binding recommendation has been overruled, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be free to appoint a board member.

The CEO and the other members of the Board of Management are appointed for a term of four years, it being understood that this term expires at the closing of the General Meeting of Shareholders to be held in the fourth calendar year after the year of their appointment or, if applicable, at a later retirement date or other contractual termination date in the fourth year, unless the General Meeting of Shareholders resolves otherwise. The same applies in the case of re-appointment, which is possible for consecutive terms of four years. A (re-)appointment schedule for the Board of Management is published on the company’s website.

Pursuant to Dutch law, the members of the Board of Management are engaged by means of a services agreement (overeenkomst van opdracht). The term of the services agreement is aligned with the term for which the relevant member has been appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders. In case of termination of the services agreement by the company, severance payment is limited to a maximum of one year’s base salary. The services agreements provide no additional termination benefits.

Members of the Board of Management may be suspended by the Supervisory Board and by the General Meeting of Shareholders and members of the Board of Management may be dismissed by the General Meeting of Shareholders (in each case in accordance with the Articles of Association). The other members of the Executive Committee are appointed, suspended and dismissed by the CEO, subject to approval by the Supervisory Board.

9.3Supervisory Board

Introduction

The Supervisory Board supervises the policies, management and general affairs of Philips, and assists the Board of Management and the Executive Committee with advice on general policies related to the activities of the company. In fulfilling their duties, the members of the Supervisory Board shall be guided by the interests of the company and its affiliated enterprise, taking into account the interests of its stakeholders.

In the two-tier corporate structure under Dutch law, the Supervisory Board is a separate body that is independent of the Board of Management and the company. Its independent character is also reflected in the requirement that members of the Supervisory Board can be neither a member of the Board of Management nor an employee of the company. The Supervisory Board considers all its members to be independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Furthermore, the members of its Audit Committee are independent under the  rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, applicable to the Audit Committee.

The Supervisory Board must approve certain important decisions of the Board of Management, including decisions concerning the operational, business and financial objectives of the company and the strategy designed to achieve these objectives, the issue, repurchase or cancellation of shares and major acquisitions or divestments. The Supervisory Board and its individual members each have a responsibility to request from the Board of Management, the Executive Committee and the external auditor all information that the Supervisory Board needs in order to be able to carry out its duties properly as a supervisory body.

Please refer to the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board, which are published on the company’s website, for a description of further responsibilities and tasks, as well as procedures for meetings, resolutions and minutes.

In its report (included in the company’s Annual Report), the Supervisory Board describes the composition and functioning of the Supervisory Board and its committees, their activities in the financial year, the number of committee meetings held and the main items discussed. Please refer to Supervisory Board report. Please also refer to Supervisory Board for an overview of the current members of the Supervisory Board.

Appointment and composition

Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders upon a binding recommendation drawn up by the Supervisory Board. This binding recommendation may be overruled by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast and representing at least one-third of the issued share capital. If a simple majority of the votes cast is in favor of the resolution to overrule the binding recommendation, but such majority does not represent at least one-third of the issued share capital, a new meeting may be convened. At this new meeting the resolution may be passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, regardless of the portion of the issued share capital represented by such majority. In the event that a binding recommendation has been overruled, a new binding recommendation shall be submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. If such second binding recommendation has been overruled, the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be free to appoint a board member.

The term of appointment of members of the Supervisory Board expires at the closing of the General Meeting of Shareholders to be held after a period of four years following their appointment. There is no age limit requiring the retirement of board members.

In line with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, members of the Supervisory Board are eligible for re-appointment for a fixed term of four years once, and may subsequently be re-appointed for a period of two years, which appointment may be extended by at most two years. The report of the Supervisory Board must state the reasons for any re-appointment beyond an eight-year period.

A (re-)appointment schedule for the Supervisory Board is published on the company’s website.

Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by the General Meeting of Shareholders in accordance with the Articles of Association.

Candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board are selected taking into account the company’s Diversity Policy, which is published on the company’s website. The Supervisory Board’s composition furthermore follows the profile included in the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board, and the size of the board may vary as it considers appropriate to support its profile. Please refer to Composition, diversity and self-evaluation by the Supervisory Board.

Effective 2022, Dutch law provides a mandatory gender quota, requiring that least one-third of the Supervisory Board members are women and at least one-third men (for calculation purposes, a total number of board members that cannot be divided by three, must be rounded up to the next number that can be divided by three). The quota is applicable to (i) the appointment of new Supervisory Board members, and (ii) the re-appointment of acting board members after eight years following their initial appointment. Except in certain exceptional circumstances, any appointment or re-appointment resulting in a Supervisory Board composition which does not meet (or no longer meets) the quota, will be invalid (null and void).

Supervisory Board committees

The Supervisory Board, while retaining overall responsibility, has assigned certain tasks to four committees: the Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee, the Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee, and the Quality & Regulatory Committee. Each committee reports to the full Supervisory Board. Please refer to the charters of the respective committees, which are published on the company’s website as part of the Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board, for a description of their responsibilities, composition, meetings and working procedures.

The Corporate Governance and Nomination & Selection Committee is responsible for preparing selection criteria and appointment procedures for members of the Supervisory Board, the Board of Management and the Executive Committee. The Committee makes proposals to the Supervisory Board for the (re)appointment of such members, and periodically assesses their functioning. The Committee also periodically assesses the Executive Committee succession planning, Diversity Policy, and supervises the policy of the Executive Committee on the selection criteria and appointment procedures for Philips executives. At least once a year, the Committee reviews the corporate governance principles applicable to the company, and advises the Supervisory Board on any changes to these principles that it deems appropriate.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for preparing decisions of the Supervisory Board on the remuneration of individual members of the Board of Management and the Executive Committee. The Committee prepares an annual remuneration report, which is included in the Annual Report. In performing its duties and responsibilities, the Remuneration Committee is assisted by an external consultant and an in-house remuneration expert.

The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for: the integrity of the company’s financial statements; the financial reporting process; the effectiveness (also in respect of the financial reporting process) of the system of internal controls and risk management; the internal and external audit process; the internal and external auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance; as well as the company’s process for monitoring compliance with laws and regulations and the GBP (including related manuals, training and tools). It reviews the company’s annual and interim financial statements, including non-financial information, prior to publication and advises the Supervisory Board on the adequacy and appropriateness of internal control policies and internal audit programs and their findings. The Committee furthermore supervises the internal audit function, maintains contact with and supervises the external auditor and prepares the nomination of the external auditor for appointment by the General Meeting of Shareholders.

The composition of the Audit Committee meets the relevant requirements under Dutch law and the applicable US rules. All of the members are considered to be independent and financially literate and the Audit Committee as a whole has the competence relevant to the sector in which the company is operating. In addition, Liz Doherty is designated as an Audit Committee financial expert, as defined under the regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The Supervisory Board considers the expertise and experience available in the Audit Committee, in conjunction with the possibility to take advice from internal and external experts and advisors, to be sufficient for the fulfillment of the tasks and responsibilities of the Audit Committee.

The Quality & Regulatory Committee has been established by the Supervisory Board in view of the central importance of the quality and (patient) safety of the company’s products, systems, services and software as well as the development, testing, manufacturing, marketing and servicing thereof, and the regulatory requirements relating thereto. The Quality & Regulatory Committee assists the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in this area, whilst recognizing that the Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in its oversight of other areas of regulatory, compliance and legal matters.

9.5General Meeting of Shareholders

Meetings

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders shall be held no later than six months after the end of the financial year. The agenda for the meeting typically includes: an advisory vote on the remuneration report; discussion of the Annual Report, the adoption of the financial statements; policy on additions to reserves and dividends; any proposed dividends or other distributions; discharge of the members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board; any other matters proposed by the Supervisory Board, the Board of Management or shareholders in accordance with Dutch law and the Articles of Association.

Shareholders’ meetings are convened by public notice via the company’s website, and registered shareholders are notified by letter or by electronic means of communication at least 42 days prior to the day of the relevant meeting. Shareholders who wish to exercise the rights attached to their shares in respect of a shareholders’ meeting are required to register for such meeting. Shareholders may attend a meeting in person, vote by proxy (via an independent third party) or grant a power of attorney to a third party to attend the meeting and vote on their behalf. Details on registration for meetings, attendance and proxy voting will be included in the notice convening the relevant meeting.

Pursuant to Dutch law, the record date for the exercise of voting rights and rights relating to shareholders’ meetings is set at the 28th day prior to the day of the relevant meeting. Shareholders registered on such date are entitled to attend the meeting and to exercise the other shareholder rights (at the relevant meeting) notwithstanding any subsequent sale of their shares after the record date.

In accordance with the Articles of Association and Dutch law, requests from shareholders for items to be included on the agenda will generally be honored, subject to the company’s rights to refuse to include the requested agenda item under Dutch law, provided that such requests are made in writing at least 60 days before a General Meeting of Shareholders to the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board by shareholders representing at least 1% of the company’s outstanding capital or, according to the official price list of Euronext Amsterdam, representing a value of at least EUR 50 million. Written requests may be submitted electronically and shall comply with the procedure stipulated by the Board of Management, which procedure is posted on the company’s website.

Pursuant to Dutch law, shareholders requesting an item to be included on the agenda of a meeting have an obligation to disclose their full economic interest (i.e. long position and short position) to the company. The company has the obligation to publish such disclosures on its website.

Main powers of the General Meeting of Shareholders

The main powers of the General Meeting of Shareholders are:

  • to appoint, suspend and dismiss members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board;
  • to adopt remuneration policies for the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board, determine the remuneration of the individual members of the Supervisory Board and to approve long-term incentive (equity-based) plans for the Board of Management;
  • to adopt the annual accounts, to declare dividends and to discharge the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board from any liability in respect of the performance of their respective duties for the previous financial year;
  • to appoint the company’s external auditor;
  • to adopt amendments to the Articles of Association and proposals to dissolve or liquidate the company;
  • to issue shares or rights to shares;
  • to restrict or exclude pre-emptive rights of shareholders and to repurchase or cancel outstanding shares; and
  • in accordance with Dutch law, to approve decisions of the Board of Management that are so far-reaching that they would greatly change the identity or nature of the company or the business.

The company applies principle 4.1 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code within the framework of the Articles of Association and Dutch law and in the manner described in this corporate governance report. All issued and outstanding shares carry voting rights and each share confers the right to cast one vote in a shareholders’ meeting. Pursuant to Dutch law, no votes may be cast at a General Meeting of Shareholders in respect of shares which are held by the company. There are no special statutory rights attached to the shares of the company and no restrictions on the voting rights of the company’s shares exist. Subject to certain exceptions provided by Dutch law and/or the Articles of Association, resolutions of the General Meeting of Shareholders are passed by an absolute majority of votes cast and do not require a quorum.

Share capital; issue and repurchase of (rights to) shares

The authorized share capital of the company amounts to EUR 800 million, divided into 2 billion common shares with a nominal value of 20 eurocents each and 2 billion preference shares also with a nominal value of 20 eurocents each. On December 31, 2021, the issued share capital amounted to EUR 176,779,793.80 divided into 883,898,696 common shares and no preference shares. All shares are fully paid-up. There are currently no limitations, either under Dutch law or the Articles of Association, to the transfer of the common shares.

Only Euroclear shares are traded on Euronext Amsterdam. Only New York Registry Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Pursuant to Section 10:138(2) of the Dutch Civil Code, the laws of the State of New York are applicable to the proprietary regime with respect to the New York Registry Shares, which proprietary regime includes the requirements for a transfer of, or the creation of an in rem right in, such New York Registry Shares. Euroclear shares and New York Registry Shares may be exchanged for each other.

As per December 31, 2021, approximately 91% of the common shares were held through the system of Euroclear Nederland (Euroclear shares) and approximately 9% of the common shares were represented by New York Registry Shares issued in the name of approximately 866 holders of record, including Cede & Co. Cede & Co which acts as nominee for The Depository Trust Company holding the shares (indirectly) for individual investors as beneficiaries. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is Philips’ New York transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent. Since certain shares are held by brokers and other nominees, these numbers may not be representative of the actual number of United States beneficial holders or the number of New York Registry Shares beneficially held by US residents.

At the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, it was resolved to authorize the Board of Management, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, to issue shares or to grant rights to acquire shares in the company as well as to restrict or exclude the pre-emption right accruing to shareholders up to and including November 5, 2022. This authorization is limited to a maximum of 10% of the number of shares issued as of May 6, 2021.

In addition, at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, it was resolved to authorize the Board of Management, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, to acquire shares in the company within the limits of the Articles of Association and within a certain price range up to and including November 5, 2022. The maximum number of shares the company may hold will not exceed 10% of the issued share capital as of May 6, 2021. The number of shares may be increased by 10% of the issued capital as of that same date in connection with the execution of share repurchase programs for capital reduction programs.

9.6Risk management approach

Risk management and control forms an integral part of the Philips business planning and performance review cycle. The company’s risk management policy and framework are designed to provide reasonable assurance that its strategic and operational objectives are met, that legal requirements are complied with, and that the integrity of the company’s financial reporting and its related disclosures is safeguarded. Please refer to Risk management for a more detailed description of Philips’ approach to risk management (including Internal Control over Financial Reporting), risk categories and factors, and certain specific risks that have been identified.

With respect to financial reporting, a structured self-assessment and monitoring process is used company-wide to assess, document, review and monitor compliance with Internal Control over Financial Reporting. On the basis of the outcome of this process, the Board of Management confirms that: (i) the management report (within the meaning of section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code) provides sufficient insights into any failings in the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems; (ii) such systems provide a reasonable level of assurance that the financial reporting does not contain any material inaccuracies; (iii) based on the current state of affairs, it is justified that the financial reporting is prepared on a going concern basis; and (iv) the management report states those material risks and uncertainties that are relevant to the expected continuity of the company for a period of 12 months after the preparation of the report. The financial statements fairly represent the financial condition and result of operations of the company and provide the required disclosures.

In view of the above, the Board of Management believes that it is in compliance with best practice provision 1.4.2 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. It should be noted that the above does not imply that the internal risk management and control systems provide certainty as to the realization of operational and financial business objectives, nor can they prevent all misstatements, inaccuracies, errors, fraud or non- compliances with rules and regulations. The above statement on internal control should not be construed as a statement in response to the requirements of section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The statement as to compliance with section 404 is set forth in Management’s report on internal control

9.7Annual financial statements and external audit

The annual financial statements are prepared by the Board of Management and reviewed by the Supervisory Board upon the advice of its Audit Committee, taking into account the report of the external auditor. Upon approval by the Supervisory Board, the accounts are signed by all members of both the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board and are published together with the opinion of the external auditor. The Board of Management is responsible, under the supervision of the Supervisory Board, for the quality and completeness of such publicly disclosed financial reports. The annual financial statements are presented for discussion and adoption at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, to be convened subsequently.

The external auditor is appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders in accordance with the Articles of Association. Philips’ current external auditor, Ernst & Young Accountants LLP, was appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 7, 2015, for a term of four years starting January 1, 2016 and was re-appointed at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 9, 2019 for a term of three years starting January 1, 2020.

Dutch law requires the separation of audit and non-audit services. The external auditor may only provide audit and audit-related services and is prohibited to provide any other services. This is reflected in the Auditor Policy, which is published on the company’s website. The policy is also in line with (and in some ways stricter than) applicable US rules, under which the appointed external auditor must be independent from the company both in fact and appearance.

The Auditor Policy specifies certain audit services and audit-related services (also known as assurance services) that will or may be provided by the external auditor, and includes rules for the pre-approval by the Audit Committee of such services. Audit services must be pre-approved on the basis of the annual audit services engagement agreed with the External Auditor. Proposed audit-related services may be pre-approved at the beginning of the year by the Audit Committee (annual pre-approval) or may be pre-approved during the year by the Audit Committee in respect of a particular engagement (specific pre-approval). The annual pre-approval is based on a detailed, itemized list of services to be provided, which is designed to ensure that there is no management discretion in determining whether a service has been approved, and to ensure that the Audit Committee is informed of each of the services it is pre-approving. Unless pre-approval with respect to a specific service has been given at the beginning of the year, each proposed service requires specific pre-approval during the year. Any annually pre-approved services where the fee for the engagement is expected to exceed pre-approved cost levels or budgeted amounts will also require specific pre-approval. The term of any annual pre-approval is 12 months from the date of the pre-approval unless the Audit Committee states otherwise. During 2021, there were no services provided to the Company by the external auditor which were not pre-approved by the Audit Committee. 

9.8Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips

Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips, a Foundation (stichting) organized under Dutch law, has been granted the right to acquire preference shares in the capital of Royal Philips, as stated in the company’s Articles of Association. In addition, the Foundation has the right to file a petition with the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal to commence an inquiry procedure within the meaning of section 2:344 Dutch Civil Code.

The object of the Foundation is to represent the interests of Royal Philips, the enterprises maintained by the company and its affiliated companies within the company’s group, in such a way that the interests of the company, these enterprises and all parties involved with them are safeguarded as effectively as possible, and that they are afforded maximum protection against influences which, in conflict with those interests, may undermine the autonomy and identity of Philips and those enterprises, and also to do anything related to the above ends or conducive to them. This object includes the protection of Philips against (an attempt at) an unsolicited takeover or other attempt to exert (de facto) control of the company. The arrangement will allow Philips to determine its position in relation to the relevant third party (or parties) and its (their) plans, to seek alternatives and to defend the company’s interests and those of its stakeholders.

The mere notification that the Foundation exercises its right to acquire preference shares will result in such shares being effectively issued. The Foundation may exercise this right for as many preference shares as there are common shares in the company outstanding at that time. No preference shares have been issued as of December 31, 2021.

The members of the self-electing Board of the Foundation are Messrs J.P. de Kreij, J.V. Timmermans, J. van der Veer and P.N. Wakkie. No Philips Supervisory Board or Board of Management members or Philips officers are represented on the board of the Foundation.

Other than the arrangements made with the Foundation referred to above, the company does not have any measures which exclusively or almost exclusively have the purpose of defending against unsolicited public offers for shares in the capital of the company. It should be noted that the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board remain under all circumstances authorized to exercise all powers vested in them to promote the interests of Philips.

The company has issued certain corporate bonds, the provisions of which contain a ‘Change of Control Triggering Event’ or a ‘Change of Control Put Event’. Upon the occurrence of such events, the company might be required to offer to redeem or purchase any outstanding bonds at certain pre-determined prices. Please also refer to Debt.

9.9Investor Relations

Philips is continuously focused on maintaining strong and open relations with its shareholders. In addition to communication with its shareholders at shareholders’ meetings, the company may discuss its financial results during conference calls, which are broadly accessible. The company also publishes annual, semi-annual and quarterly reports and press releases, and informs investors via its website.

From time to time the company communicates with investors and analysts via roadshows, broker conferences and a Capital Markets Day, which are announced in advance on the company’s website. The purpose of these engagements is to further inform the market of the results, strategy and decisions made, as well as to receive feedback from shareholders. It is the company’s policy to post presentations to investors and analysts on its website. Philips applies the best practice provision 4.2.3 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, which it does not view (in line with market practice) as extending to less important analyst meetings and presentations.

Furthermore, Philips engages in bilateral communications with investors and analysts. These communications take place either at the initiative of the company or at the initiative of investors/analysts. The company is generally represented by its Investor Relations department during these interactions, however, on a limited number of occasions the Investor Relations department is accompanied by one or more members of the senior management. The subject matter of the bilateral communications ranges from individual queries from investors/analysts to more elaborate discussions following disclosures that the company has made, such as its annual and quarterly reports. Philips complies with applicable rules and regulations on fair and non-selective disclosure and equal treatment of shareholders.

9.10Major shareholders

The Dutch Act on Financial Supervision imposes an obligation on persons holding certain interests to disclose (inter alia) percentage holdings in the capital and/or voting rights in the company when such holdings reach, exceed or fall below 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent (as a result of an acquisition or disposal by a person, or as a result of a change in the company’s total number of voting rights or capital issued). Certain derivatives (settled in kind or in cash) are also taken into account when calculating the capital interest. The statutory obligation to disclose capital interest relates not only to gross long positions, but also to gross short positions. Required disclosures must be made to the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) without delay. The AFM then notifies the company of such disclosures and includes them in a register, which is published on the AFM’s website. Furthermore, an obligation to disclose (net) short positions is set out in the EU Regulation on Short Selling.

The AFM register shows the following notifications of substantial holdings and/or voting rights at or above the 3% threshold: BlackRock, Inc.: substantial holding of 5.19% and 6.31% of the voting rights (December 27, 2021); T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.: substantial holding of 3.04% and 3.02% of the voting rights (January 19, 2022); UBS Group AG: substantial holding of 3.64% and 3.64% of the voting rights (February 9, 2022). The AFM register also shows a notification by Philips of a substantial holding of 4.08% in its own share capital and no voting rights (December 28, 2021).

9.11Corporate information

The company began as a limited partnership with the name Philips & Co in Eindhoven, the Netherlands, in 1891, and was converted into the company with limited liability N.V. Philips’ Gloeilampenfabrieken on September 11, 1912. The company’s name was changed to Philips Electronics N.V. on May 6, 1994, to Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. on April 1, 1998, and to Koninklijke Philips N.V. on May 15, 2013.

The majority of the shares in Royal Philips are held through the system maintained by the Dutch Central Securities Depository (Euroclear Nederland). In the past, Philips has also issued (physical) bearer share certificates ("Share Certificates"). A limited number of Share Certificates have not been surrendered yet, although the holders of Share Certificates are still entitled to a corresponding number of shares in Royal Philips. It is noted that, as a result of Dutch legislation that became effective per July 2019, the relevant shares were registered in the name of Royal Philips by operation of law per January 1, 2021. Owners of Share Certificates will continue to be entitled to a corresponding number of shares, but may not exercise the rights attached to such shares until they surrender their Share Certificates. Owners of Share Certificates may come forward to do so and to receive a corresponding number of shares until January 1, 2026 at the latest. As per January 2, 2026, entitlements attached to the Share Certificates not surrendered, will expire by operation of law. For more information, please contact the Investor Relations department by email (investor.relations@philips.com) or telephone (+31-20-59 77222).

The statutory seat of the company is Eindhoven, the Netherlands, and the statutory list of all subsidiaries and affiliated companies, prepared in accordance with the relevant legal requirements (Dutch Civil Code, Book 2, Sections 379 and 414), forms part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements and is deposited at the office of the Commercial Register in Eindhoven, the Netherlands (file no. 17001910). The executive offices of the company are located at the Philips Center, Amstelplein 2, 1096 BC Amsterdam, the Netherlands, telephone +31-20-59 77777.

The Board of Management and the Supervisory Board are of the opinion that the principles and best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code that are addressed to the boards, are being applied. The full text of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code can be found on the website of the Monitoring Commission Corporate Governance Code (www.mccg.nl).

10Group financial statements

Introduction

This section of the Annual Report contains the audited consolidated financial statements including the notes thereon that have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed by the European Union (EU) and with the statutory provisions of Part 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

All standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the IFRS Interpretations Committee effective 2021 have been endorsed by the EU, consequently, the accounting policies applied by Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Royal Philips) also comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Comparative results have been restated to reflect the treatment of the Domestic Appliances business as a discontinued operation (for more information, please refer to Discontinued operations and assets classified as held for sale).

This section ‘Group financial statements’ and the section 'Company financial statements' together contain the statutory financial statements of the company. These statements are subject to adoption by the company’s shareholders at the upcoming 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

The following sections and chapters:

form the management report within the meaning of section 2:391 of the Dutch Civil Code.

The sections Strategy and Businesses, Financial performance and Environment, Social and Governance provide an extensive analysis of the developments during the financial year 2021 and the results. These sections also provide information on the business outlook, investments, financing, personnel and research and development.

For ‘Additional information’ within the meaning of section 2:392 of the Dutch Civil Code, please refer to Independent auditor's report and the Appropriation of profits.

Please refer to Forward-looking statements and other information for more information about forward-looking statements, third-party market share data, fair value information, and revisions and reclassifications.

The Board of Management of Royal Philips hereby declares that, to the best of our knowledge, the Group financial statements and Company financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole and that the management report referred to above gives a true and fair view concerning the position as per the balance sheet date, the development and performance of the business during the financial year of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks that they face.

Board of Management
Frans van Houten
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Marnix van Ginneken

February 22, 2022

10.1Management’s report on internal control

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Board of Management of Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Royal Philips) is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a15 (f) under the US Securities Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management authorization; and providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Board of Management conducted an assessment of Royal Philips' internal control over financial reporting based on the “Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013)” established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on the Board of Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of Royal Philips' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, it has concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, Royal Philips' internal control over Group financial reporting is considered effective.

The effectiveness of the Royal Philips' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, as included in this section Group financial statements, has been audited by Ernst & Young Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which follows hereafter.

Board of Management
Frans van Houten
Abhijit Bhattacharya
Marnix van Ginneken

February 22, 2022

10.1.1Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

10.2Report of the independent auditor

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set out in Management’s report on internal control. The report set out in section Independent auditor’s report on internal control over financial reporting, is provided in compliance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the US and includes an opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on COSO criteria.

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP has also issued a report on the 2021 consolidated financial statements and the company financial statements, in accordance with Dutch law, including the Dutch standards on Auditing, of Koninklijke Philips N.V., which is set out in Independent auditor's report.

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP has also issued a report on the consolidated financial statements 2020 and 2021 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the US, which will be included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F expected to be filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2022.

10.3Independent auditor’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To: The Supervisory Board and Shareholders of Koninklijke Philips N.V.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Koninklijke Philips N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Koninklijke Philips N.V. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated February 22, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying section ‘Management’s report on internal control’, of this Annual Report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Ernst & Young Accountants LLP

Amsterdam, the Netherlands
February 22, 2022

10.4Consolidated statements of income

Philips Group

Consolidated statements of income

in millions of EUR

For the year ended December 31

 201920202021
Sales717,14717,31317,156
Cost of sales(9,249)(9,493)(9,988)
Gross margin7,8997,8207,168
Selling expenses(4,125)(4,054)(4,258)
General and administrative expenses(586)(630)(599)
Research and development expenses(1,790)(1,822)(1,806)
Other business income7154122186
Other business expenses7(186)(173)(138)
Income from operations71,3661,264553
Financial income8114158149
Financial expenses8(233)(202)(188)
Investments in associates, net of income taxes1(9)(4)
Income before taxes1,2481,211509
Income tax expense9(258)(212)103
Income from continuing operations990999612
Discontinued operations, net of income taxes41831962,711
Net income1,1731,1953,323
    
Attribution of net income   
Net income attributable to Koninklijke Philips N.V. shareholders1,1671,1873,319
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests584

Philips Group

Earnings per common share attributable to Koninklijke Philips N.V. shareholders

in EUR unless otherwise stated

 201920202021
Basic earnings per common share in EUR   
Income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders1.071.090.67
Net income attributable to shareholders1.271.313.67
    
Diluted earnings per common share in EUR   
Income from continuing operations attributable to shareholders1.061.080.67
Net income attributable to shareholders1.251.293.65

Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

10.5Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

Philips Group

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

in millions of EUR

For the year ended December 31

 201920202021
    
Net income for the period1,1731,1953,323
    
Pensions and other-post employment plans:21   
Remeasurement3051134
Income tax effect on remeasurements93(12)(21)
    
Financial assets fair value through OCI:   
Net current-period change, before tax82-(39)
Income tax effect on net current-period change  1
Total of items that will not be reclassified to Income Statement1143974
    
Currency translation differences:   
Net current period change, before tax218(1,040)1,078
Income tax effect on net current-period change9-1(5)
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss realized436
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss realized, in discontinued operations1669
Cash flow hedges:   
Net current-period change, before tax(53)69(52)
Income tax effect on net current-period change96(17)18
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss realized33(6)(14)
Total of items that are or may be reclassified to Income Statement225(992)1,129
    
Other comprehensive income for the period340(953)1,203
    
Total comprehensive income for the period1,5122424,527
    
Total comprehensive income attributable to:   
Shareholders of Koninklijke Philips N.V.1,5072354,520
Non-controlling interests567

Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

10.6Consolidated balance sheets

Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

Philips Group

Consolidated balance sheets

in millions of EUR unless otherwise stated

As of December 31

 20202021
Non-current assets  
Property, plant and equipment 1132,6822,699
Goodwill1238,01410,637
Intangible assets excluding goodwill1332,9973,650
Non-current receivables17230224
Investments in associates6240426
Other non-current financial assets14430630
Non-current derivative financial assets2962
Deferred tax assets91,8202,216
Other non-current assets1566129
Total non-current assets16,48620,613
   
Current assets  
Inventories162,9933,450
Other current financial assets14-2
Other current assets15424493
Current derivative financial assets2910561
Income tax receivable9150180
Current receivables26174,1563,787
Assets classified as held for sale417371
Cash and cash equivalents303,2262,303
Total current assets11,22710,347
Total assets27,71330,961
   
Equity18  
Equity11,87014,438
Common shares182177
Reserves(340)748
Other12,02813,514
Non-controlling interests183136
Group equity11,90114,475
   
Non-current liabilities  
Long-term debt 195,7056,473
Non-current derivative financial liabilities2986119
Long-term provisions21201,4581,315
Deferred tax liabilities95983
Non-current contract liabilities23403446
Non-current tax liabilities 9291544
Other non-current liabilities237456
Total non-current liabilities8,0779,037
   
Current liabilities  
Short-term debt 191,229506
Current derivative financial liabilities297783
Income tax payable957128
Accounts payable262,1191,872
Accrued liabilities221,6781,784
Current contract liabilities231,2391,491
Short-term provisions2120522998
Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale4301
Other current liabilities23785587
Total current liabilities7,7357,450
Total liabilities and group equity27,71330,961

10.7Consolidated statements of cash flows

Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

Philips Group

Consolidated statements of cash flows1)

in millions of EUR

For the year ended December 31

 201920202021
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net income (loss)1,1731,1953,323
Results of discontinued operations, net of income tax(183)(196)(2,711)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:   
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment of fixed assets1,3431,4621,323
Impairment of goodwill and other non-current financial assets9714415
Share-based compensation96112108
Net loss (gain) on sale of assets(78)(1)55
Interest income(25)(13)(18)
Interest expense on debt, borrowings, and other liabilities174159152
Income taxes258212(103)
Investments in associates, net of income taxes684
Decrease (increase) in working capital(791)(98)(401)
Decrease (increase) in receivables and other current assets(234)92(39)
Decrease (Increase) in inventories(202)(578)(581)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued and other current liabilities(354)387219
Decrease (increase) in non-current receivables, other assets and other liabilities12441(13)
Increase (decrease) in provisions2029(91)427
Other items7796(164)
Interest paid(171)(148)(151)
Interest received251317
Dividends received from investments in associates12414
Income taxes paid(354)(390)(249)
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities1,8132,5111,629
Cash flows from investing activities   
Net capital expenditures(891)(876)(729)
Purchase of intangible assets(138)(114)(107)
Expenditures on development assets(327)(296)(259)
Capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment(486)(485)(397)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment4601933
Net proceeds from (cash used for) derivatives and current financial assets24385(13)48
Purchase of other non-current financial assets24(63)(131)(124)
Proceeds from other non-current financial assets2416265124
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired5(252)(317)(3,098)
Net proceeds from sale of interests in businesses, net of cash disposed of41464107
Net cash provided by (used for) for investing activities(512)(1,267)(3,672)
Cash flows from financing activities   
Proceeds from issuance (payments on) short-term debt192316(25)
Principal payments on short-term portion of long-term debt19(756)(298)(302)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt198471,06576
Re-issuance of treasury shares584623
Purchase of treasury shares(1,376)(343)(1,636)
Dividends paid to shareholders of Koninklijke Philips N.V.(453)(1)(482)
Dividends paid to shareholders of non-controlling interests(2)(2)(2)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities(1,660)483(2,347)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing operations(359)1,727(4,390)
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations4981293,403
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing and discontinued operations(262)1,856(986)
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(2)(55)65
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year1,6881,4253,226
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period1,4253,2262,303

10.8Consolidated statements of changes in equity

Philips Group

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

in millions of EUR

For the year ended December 31

 

Common shares

Currency translation differences1)

Fair value through OCI

Cash flow hedges

 

Capital in excess of par value

Retained earnings

Treasury shares at cost

Total shareholders' equity

Non-controlling interests

Group equity

  reserves other   
            
Balance as of Jan. 1, 2019185739(181)(10) 3,4878,232(399)12,0552912,084
Total comprehensive income (loss) 23982(13)  1,200 1,50751,512
Dividend distributed2    319(775) (453)(2)(456)
Minority Buy-out      (3) (3)(3)(6)
Transfer of gain on disposal of equity investments at FVTOCI to retained earnings  (204)   204    
Purchase of treasury shares       (621)(621) (621)
Re-issuance of treasury shares     (246)1126631 31
Forward contracts      706(706)   
Share call options      28(58)(30) (30)
Cancellation of treasury shares(8)     (1,308)1,316   
Share-based compensation plans     101  101 101
Income tax share-based compensation plans     10  10 10
Balance as of Dec. 31, 2019179978(303)(24) 3,6718,296(201)12,5972812,625
Total comprehensive income (loss) (1,036)-46  1,225 2356242
Dividend distributed4    754(782) (25)(2)(26)
Minority Buy-out       (1)(1)
Transfer of gain on disposal of equity investments at FVTOCI to retained earnings  (2)   2 - -
Purchase of treasury shares      -(130)(130) (130)
Re-issuance of treasury shares-    (146)716123 23
Forward contracts      (793)(126)(920) (920)
Share call options      24(55)(31) (31)
Cancellation of treasury shares(1)     (151)152   
Share-based compensation plans     116  116 116
Income tax share-based compensation plans     4  4 4
Balance as of Dec. 31, 2020182(58)(305)23 4,4007,828(199)11,8703111,901
Total comprehensive income (loss) 1,175(39)(48)  3,432 4,52074,527
Dividend distributed1    290(773) (482)(2)(484)
Minority Buy-out       --
Transfer of gain on disposal of equity investments at FVTOCI to retained earnings     - - -
Purchase of treasury shares      -(758)(757) (757)
Re-issuance of treasury shares    (150)1814311 11
Forward contracts      48(869)(821) (821)
Share call options      12(21)(9) (9)
Cancellation of treasury shares(7)     (1,221)1,228   
Share-based compensation plans     110  110 110
Income tax share-based compensation plans     (4)  (4) (4)
Balance as of Dec. 31, 20211771,117(344)(25) 4,6469,344(476)14,4383614,475
            
            

Amounts may not add up due to rounding.

10.9Notes

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements of the Philips Group

1Significant accounting policies

The Consolidated financial statements in the Group financial statements section have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed by the European Union (EU) and with the statutory provisions of Part 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code.

All standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the IFRS Interpretations Committee effective 2021 have been endorsed by the EU; consequently, the accounting policies applied by Philips also comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB. These accounting policies have been applied by group entities.

The Consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The Consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise indicated.

The Consolidated financial statements are presented in euros, which is the presentation currency. Due to rounding, amounts may not add up precisely to the totals provided.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. These estimates inherently contain a degree of uncertainty. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

In the process of applying the accounting policies, management has made estimates and assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, as well as to the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The company evaluates these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and bases the estimates on historical experience, current and expected future outcomes, third-party evaluations and various other assumptions that Philips believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments may change due to circumstances beyond the company’s control and are reflected in the assumptions if and when they occur. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. The company revises material estimates if changes occur in the circumstances or if there is new information or experience on which an estimate was or can be based. See note COVID-19 which includes further details on the impact of the pandemic on these significant judgments and estimates.

The areas where the most significant judgments and estimates are made are goodwill, deferred tax asset recoverability, recognition and measurement of provisions, valuation of inventories, impairments, classification and measurement of financial instruments, the accounting for an arrangement containing a lease, the assessment whether a lease option to extend or cancel a lease in which the company is a lessee is reasonably certain to be exercised or not, revenue recognition, tax risks and other contingencies, assessment of control, classification of assets and liabilities held for sale and the presentation of items of profit and loss and cash flows as continuing or discontinued, as well as when determining the fair values of acquired identifiable intangible assets, contingent considerations and investments based on an assessment of future cash flows (e.g. earn out arrangements as part of acquisitions). For further discussion of these significant judgements and estimates, reference is made to the respective accounting policies and notes within these Consolidated financial statements that relate to the above topics.

Further judgment is applied when analyzing impairments of goodwill and intangible assets not yet ready for use that are performed annually and whenever a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. These analyses are generally based on estimates of discounted future cash flows. Furthermore, the company applies judgment when actuarial assumptions are established to anticipate future events that are used in calculating post-employment benefit expenses and liabilities. These factors include assumptions with respect to interest rates, rates of increase in healthcare costs, rates of future compensation increases, turnover rates and life expectancy.

Climate-related matters

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements management has considered the impact of climate change, specifically the financial impact of Philips meeting its internal and external climate related aims, the potential impact of climate related risks and the costs incurred to pro-actively manage such risks. These considerations did not have a material impact on the financial reporting judgements, estimates or assumptions. The specific financial impacts considered include, for example: specific climate mitigation measures, such as the use of lower carbon energy sources, the costs of developing more sustainable product offerings and expenses incurred to mitigate against the impact of extreme weather conditions. 

Changes in presentation from the prior year

Accounting policies have been applied consistently for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, except for the item mentioned below. In addition, certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Domestic Appliances

Prior-period financial statements have been restated for the treatment of the Domestic Appliances business as a discontinued operation, see further information in Discontinued operations and assets classified as held for sale and Acquisitions and divestments.

Specific choices within IFRS

In certain instances, IFRS allows alternative accounting treatments for measurement and/or disclosure. Philips has adopted one of the treatments as appropriate to the circumstances of the company. The most important of these alternative treatments are mentioned below.

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Under IFRS, an entity shall choose either the cost model or the revaluation model as its accounting model for tangible and intangible fixed assets. In this respect, items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The useful lives and residual values are evaluated annually. Furthermore, the company chose to apply the cost model, meaning that costs relating to product development, the development and purchase of software for internal use and other intangible assets are capitalized and subsequently amortized over the estimated useful life. Further information on Tangible and Intangible fixed assets can be found in Property, plant and equipment and in Intangible assets excluding goodwill, respectively.

Employee benefit accounting

IFRS does not specify how an entity should present its service costs related to pensions and net interest on the net defined-benefit liability (asset) in the Consolidated statements of income. With regards to these elements, the company presents service costs in Income from operations and the net interest expenses related to defined-benefit plans in Financial expense.

Further information on employee benefit accounting can be found in Post-employment benefits.

Cash flow statements

Under IFRS, an entity shall report cash flows from operating activities using either the direct method (whereby major classes of gross cash receipts and gross cash payments are disclosed) or the indirect method (whereby profit or loss is adjusted for the effects of transactions of a non-cash nature, any deferrals or accruals of past or future operating cash receipts or payments, and items of income or expense associated with investing or financing cash flows). In this respect, the company chose to prepare the cash flow statements using the indirect method.

Furthermore, interest cash flows are presented in cash flows from operating activities rather than in cash flows from financing or investing activities, because they enter into the determination of profit or loss. The company chose to present dividends paid to shareholders of Koninklijke Philips N.V. as a component of cash flows from financing activities, rather than to present such dividends as cash flows from operating activities, which is an allowed alternative under IFRS.

Consolidated statements of cash flows can be found in Consolidated statements of cash flows.

Policies that are more critical in nature

Revenue recognition

Revenue from the sale of goods in the normal course of business is recognized at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied and it is based on the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the performance obligation. The transaction price is the amount of the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods to the customer. The consideration expected by the company may include fixed and/or variable amounts which can be impacted by sales returns, trade discounts and volume rebates. The company adjusts the consideration for the time value of money for the contracts where no explicit interest rate is mentioned if the period between the transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer and payment by the customer exceeds six months. Revenue for the sale of goods is recognized when control of the asset is transferred to the buyer and only when it is highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur when uncertainties related to a variable consideration are resolved.

Transfer of control varies depending on the individual terms of the contract of sale. For consumer-type products in the segment Personal Health businesses, control is transferred when the product is shipped and delivered to the customer and title and risk have passed to the customer (depending on the delivery conditions) and acceptance of the product has been obtained. Examples of delivery conditions are ‘Free on Board point of delivery’ and ‘Costs, Insurance Paid point of delivery’, where the point of delivery may be the shipping warehouse or any other point of destination as agreed in the contract with the customer and where control is transferred to the customer.

Revenues from transactions relating to distinct goods or services are accounted for separately based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is defined as the price that would be charged for the goods or service in a separate transaction under similar conditions to similar customers, which within the company is mainly the Country Target Price (CTP). The transaction price determined (taking into account variable considerations) is allocated to performance obligations based on relative stand-alone selling prices. These transactions mainly occur in the segments Diagnosis & Treatment businesses and Connected Care businesses and include arrangements that require subsequent installation and training activities in order to make distinct goods operable for the customer. As such, the related installation and training activities are part of equipment sales rather than separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized when the performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when the installation has been completed and the equipment is ready to be used by the customer in the way contractually agreed.

Revenues are recorded net of sales taxes. A variable consideration is recognized to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Such assessment is performed on each reporting date to check whether it is constrained. For products for which a right of return exists during a defined period, revenue recognition is determined based on the historical pattern of actual returns, or in cases where such information is not available revenue recognition is postponed until the return period has lapsed. Return policies are typically based on customary return arrangements in local markets.

A provision is recognized for assurance-type product warranty at the time of revenue recognition and reflects the estimated costs of replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by the company with respect to the products sold. For certain products, the customer has the option to purchase the warranty separately, which is considered a separate performance obligation on top of the assurance-type product warranty. For such warranties which provide distinct service, revenue recognition occurs on a straight-line basis over the extended warranty contract period.

In the case of loss under a sales agreement, the loss is recognized immediately.

Expenses incurred for shipping and handling of internal movements of goods are recorded as cost of sales. Shipping and handling related to sales to third parties are recorded as selling expenses. When shipping and handling are part of a project and billed to the customer, then the related expenses are recorded as cost of sales. Shipping and handling billed to customers are distinct and separate performance obligations and recognized as revenues. Expenses incurred for sales commissions that are considered incremental to the contracts are recognized immediately in the Consolidated statements of income as selling expenses as a practical expedient under IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Revenue from services is recognized over a period of time as the company transfers control of the services to the customer which is demonstrated by the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits provided by the company. The amount of revenues is measured by reference to the progress made towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, which in general is evenly over time. Service revenue related to repair and maintenance activities for goods sold is recognized ratably over the service period or as services are rendered.

Royalty income from brand license arrangements is recognized based on a right to access the license, which in practice means over the contract period based on a fixed amount or reliable estimate of sales made by a licensee.

Royalty income from intellectual property rights such as technology licenses or patents is recognized based on a right-to-use the license, which in practice means at a point in time based on the contractual terms and substance of the relevant agreement with a licensee. However, revenue related to intellectual property contracts with variable consideration where a constraint in the estimation is identified, is recognized over the contract period and is based on actual or reliably estimated sales made by a licensee.

The company receives payments from customers based on a billing schedule or credit period, as established in our contracts. Credit periods are determined based on standard terms, which vary according to local market conditions. Amounts posted in deferred revenue for which the goods or services have not yet been transferred to the customer and amounts that have either been received or are due, are presented as Contract liabilities in the Consolidated balance sheets.

Income taxes

Income taxes comprise current, non-current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the Consolidated statements of income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly within equity or in other comprehensive income. Current tax is the expected taxes payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

In cases where it is concluded it is not probable that tax authorities will accept a tax treatment, the effect of the uncertainty is reflected in the recognition and measurement of tax assets and liabilities or, alternatively, a provision is made for the amount that is expected to be settled, where this can be reasonably estimated. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgments about future events. New information may become available that causes the company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax assets and liabilities. Such changes to tax assets and liabilities will impact the income tax expense in the period during which such a determination is made.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized, using the consolidated balance sheets method, for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets and liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates where the reversal of the respective temporary difference can be controlled by the company and it is probable that it will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred taxes are measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity or on different taxable entities, but the company intends to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that there will be future taxable profits against which they can be utilized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in the countries where the deferred tax assets originated and during the periods when the deferred tax assets become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Deferred tax liabilities for withholding taxes are recognized for subsidiaries in situations where the income is to be paid out as dividend in the foreseeable future and for undistributed earnings of unconsolidated companies to the extent that these withholding taxes are not expected to be refundable or deductible. Changes in tax rates and tax laws are reflected in the period when the change was enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Any subsequent adjustment to a tax asset or liability that originated in discontinued operations and for which no specific arrangements were made at the time of divestment, due to a change in the tax base or its measurement, is allocated to discontinued operations (i.e. backwards tracing). Examples are a tax rate change or change in retained assets or liabilities directly relating to the discontinued operation. Any subsequent change to the recognition of deferred tax assets is allocated to the component in which the taxable gain is or will be recognized. The above principles are applied to the extent the ‘discontinued operations’ are sufficiently separable from continuing operations.

Further information on income tax can be found in Income taxes.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized if, as a result of a past event, the company has a present legal or constructive obligation, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and , the amount can be estimated reliably. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognized as interest expense. The accounting and presentation for some of the company’s provisions is as follows:

  • Field action provision –This provision relates to the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification in the United States and field safety notice outside the United States for certain sleep and respiratory care products related to the polyester-based polyurethane (PE-PUR) sound abatement foam in these devices
  • Product warranty – The provisions for assurance-type product warranty reflect the estimated costs of replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by the company with respect to products sold, and include costs to execute field change orders. The field action provision in connection with the Philips Respironics voluntary recall notification is shown separately above.
  • Envi